Specifications | Furuno FS-1570 Telephone User Manual

SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570 (150 W)
FS-2570 (250 W)
The paper used in this manual
is elemental chlorine free.
FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer
9-52 Ashihara-cho,
Nishinomiya 662-8580, JAPAN
Telephone :
0798-65-2111
Fax
0798-65-4200
:
All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan
FIRST EDITION : OCT. 2002
E3
Pub. No. OME-56360
( YOSH ) FS-1570/2570
: FEB. 14, 2006
*00080933802*
*00080933802*
*00080933802*
*OME56360E30*
*OME56360E30*
*OME56360E30*
Distress Alert Calling Procedure
Below is the procedure for transmitting a distress alert via radiotelephone. Transmit the
distress alert when a life-endangering situation occurs on your vessel.
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button more than three
seconds to show the following display, then release the [DISTRESS] button.
Distress
call in progress!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
30S
2. After the distress call has been transmitted, the following displays appear in order.
Wait for distress
acknowledgement.
Distress acknowledge
call received.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2187.5 KHZ
2M10S
When distress call is
acknowledged by coast
station (usually within
1 min to 2 min 45 seconds)
FROM COAST: 001234567
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
STOP ALARM
3. The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm.
4. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone as below. (In the dual control
unit system, communication can be done from any control unit, after the distress alert
has been transmitted. To restore priority to the #1 control unit after completion of
distress communications, turn it off and on again.)
a)
b)
c)
d)
Say MAYDAY three times.
Say “This is …” name of your vessel and your call sign three times.
Give nature of distress and assistance needed.
Give description of your vessel (type, number of persons onboard, etc.) and any other
information which may aid in rescue.
i
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
DANGER
Never touch the SSB antenna, antenna
coupler or lead-in insulator when the
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.
High voltage which will cause death or
serious injury is present at the locations
shown in the illustration below when the
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.
Indoor
Antenna Wire
(High Voltage)
Antenna
Coupler
Antenna
Wire
Lead-in
Insulator
(High
Voltage)
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Do not open the equipment.
Only qualified personnel
should work inside the
equipment.
Immediately turn off the power at the
switchboard if water leaks into the
equipment or something is dropped in
the equipment.
Continued use of the equipment can cause
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO
agent for service.
Do not disassemble or modify the
equipment.
Fire, electrical shock or serious injury can
result.
Immediately turn off the power at the
switchboard if the equipment is emitting
smoke or fire.
Continued use of the equipment can cause
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO
agent for service.
Do not operate the equipment with wet
hands.
Electrical shock can result.
CAUTION
Use the proper fuse.
Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious
damage to the equipment and void the
warranty.
ii
CAUTION
Do not operate the [DISTRESS] button
except in case of a life-endangering
situation on your vessel.
If the distress alert is accidentally
transmitted, contact the nearest coast
station and inform them of the accidental
transmission as follows:
a) Ship's name
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number
c) Position at time of transmission
d) Time of transmission
This equipment is intended for maritime
use. Do not use it in other applications.
WARNING LABEL
A warning label is attached to the
transceiver unit and a danger label is
attached to the antenna coupler.
Do not remove the labels.
If a label is missing or illegible,
contact a FURUNO agent or dealer
about replacement.
WARNING
To avoid electrical shock, do not
remove cover. No user-serviceable
parts inside.
Name: Warning Label (1)
Type: 86-003-1011-1
Code No.: 100-236-231
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
DANGER
Hazardous voltage.
Can shock, burn,
or cause death.
Do not touch antenna
wire, insulator and
terminal.
Name: Danger Label
Type: 05-062-0213-0
Code No.: 100-199-230
ANTENNA
COUPLER
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD ........................................................................................................ ix
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION................................................................................ xi
SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................... SP-1
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW......................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Controls....................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off ............................................................................................ 1-2
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast....................................................................................... 1-2
1.4 Indications ................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.4.1 DSC standby screen......................................................................................... 1-3
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen..................................................................................... 1-3
1.5 Loudspeaker................................................................................................................ 1-4
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies ........................................................................... 1-4
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off.................................................................................... 1-5
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time .............................................................................. 1-5
1.9 System Characteristics ................................................................................................ 1-7
1.9.1 Equipment priority............................................................................................. 1-7
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative ............................................................................ 1-7
1.9.3 Controls become operative............................................................................... 1-7
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency............................................................. 1-7
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option) ........................................................................................ 1-8
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE ............................................................................. 2-1
2.1 Transmitting................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission .............................................................................. 2-1
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency ........................................................................... 2-2
2.1.3 Tuning .............................................................................................................. 2-3
2.1.4 Using the handset............................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power................................................................. 2-4
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power.............................................................................. 2-5
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF .............................................................................. 2-5
2.2 Receiving..................................................................................................................... 2-6
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment........................................................................ 2-6
2.2.2 S-meter ............................................................................................................ 2-6
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency.............................................. 2-6
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations ................................................................. 2-6
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency .................................................................. 2-7
2.2.6 Noise blanker ................................................................................................... 2-7
2.3 Intercom ...................................................................................................................... 2-8
2.4 Telex Communications................................................................................................. 2-8
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails ...................................................................................... 2-9
iv
2.6 User Channels ........................................................................................................... 2-10
2.6.1 Registering user channels............................................................................... 2-10
2.6.2 Deleting user channels.................................................................................... 2-12
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable ................................................................................................... 2-12
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook ....................................................................................... 2-13
3 DSC OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 What is DSC? .............................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 DSC Call ...................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply ............................................................................... 3-3
3.2.2 Individual call .................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3 Audio Alarms................................................................................................................ 3-4
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays ............................................................................................. 3-5
3.4.1 Receive calls..................................................................................................... 3-5
3.4.2 Send calls ......................................................................................................... 3-7
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1
4.1 Sending Distress Alert.................................................................................................. 4-1
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified.... 4-1
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified.......... 4-3
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert ............................................................................................ 4-6
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band................................................................... 4-7
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band ................................................................... 4-9
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress.............................................. 4-13
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station ............................................................ 4-13
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships ................................................................... 4-16
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships............................................................................. 4-19
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station ............................................................. 4-19
5 CALLING, RECEIVING.................................................................................. 5-1
5.1 All Ships Call ................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call.................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call ................................................................................. 5-3
5.2 Individual Call............................................................................................................... 5-4
5.2.1 Sending an individual call.................................................................................. 5-4
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call ............................................................................. 5-10
5.3 Group Call.................................................................................................................. 5-15
5.3.1 Sending a group call ....................................................................................... 5-15
5.3.2 Receiving a group call..................................................................................... 5-18
5.4 Geographical Area Call .............................................................................................. 5-19
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call .................................................................... 5-19
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call.................................................................. 5-22
5.5 Neutral Craft Call........................................................................................................ 5-23
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call.............................................................................. 5-23
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call ........................................................................... 5-25
5.6 Medical Transport Call ............................................................................................... 5-26
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call ..................................................................... 5-26
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call................................................................... 5-27
v
5.7 Polling Call ................................................................................................................ 5-28
5.7.1 Sending a polling call...................................................................................... 5-28
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call ................................................................................... 5-31
5.8 Position Call .............................................................................................................. 5-33
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ship’s position.................................................. 5-34
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position ............................................... 5-36
5.9 PSTN Call.................................................................................................................. 5-38
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ........................... 5-38
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ....................... 5-42
5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(ship disconnects line) .................................................................................. 5-43
5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station
disconnects line) ........................................................................................... 5-44
5.10 Log File.................................................................................................................... 5-45
5.10.1 Opening a log file.......................................................................................... 5-45
5.11 Erasing Message Files............................................................................................. 5-46
6 PREPARING TX CALLS ............................................................................... 6-1
6.1 Preparing Individual Calls ............................................................................................ 6-1
6.2 Preparing Group Calls ................................................................................................. 6-4
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls.............................................................................. 6-5
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls.................................................................................................. 6-7
6.5 Preparing Test Calls..................................................................................................... 6-8
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls............................................................................................... 6-9
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files .................................................................................... 6-10
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files........................................................................... 6-10
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP ................................................................. 7-1
7.1 Setting Alarms ............................................................................................................. 7-1
7.2 Auto Ack Menu............................................................................................................. 7-2
7.3 Printing Messages ....................................................................................................... 7-3
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies............................................................................................ 7-4
7.4.1 Distress frequencies ......................................................................................... 7-4
7.4.2 Routine frequencies.......................................................................................... 7-4
7.5 Adjusting Volume ......................................................................................................... 7-6
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW......................................................................... 8-1
8.1 Turning on the NBDP System ...................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Description of Equipment............................................................................................. 8-2
8.2.1 Terminal unit ..................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Keyboard.......................................................................................................... 8-3
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation .................................................................................. 8-4
8.3.1 Menu conventions ............................................................................................ 8-4
8.3.2 Menu overview ................................................................................................. 8-5
8.3.3 Function key description................................................................................... 8-6
vi
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................ 9-1
9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes .................................................................. 9-1
9.1.1 Registering answerback code ........................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2 Registering ID codes......................................................................................... 9-2
9.2 Station List ................................................................................................................... 9-2
9.2.1 Registering stations........................................................................................... 9-3
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations.................................................................................... 9-4
9.3 Timer Programming...................................................................................................... 9-5
9.3.1 Registering timer programs............................................................................... 9-5
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs ........................................................................ 9-6
9.4 User Channels ............................................................................................................. 9-6
9.4.1 Registering user channels................................................................................. 9-6
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels.......................................................................... 9-7
9.5 Scan Channel Groups.................................................................................................. 9-7
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups ...................................................................... 9-7
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups ............................................................... 9-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS.......................................................................... 10-1
10.1 Opening and Closing Files ....................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 Creating Files........................................................................................................... 10-1
10.3 Saving a File ............................................................................................................ 10-3
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks ................................................................................. 10-3
10.3.2 Saving a file .................................................................................................. 10-4
10.4 Editing Files ............................................................................................................. 10-5
10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text ................................................................................ 10-5
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text............................................................................... 10-6
10.4.3 Select all ....................................................................................................... 10-6
10.4.4 Searching text............................................................................................... 10-6
10.4.5 Replacing text ............................................................................................... 10-7
10.4.6 Goto line ....................................................................................................... 10-7
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom................................................................................... 10-8
10.5 Opening Files........................................................................................................... 10-8
10.5.1 Opening a file................................................................................................ 10-8
10.5.2 Switching between files................................................................................. 10-8
10.6 Renaming Files ........................................................................................................ 10-9
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name ............................................................................ 10-9
10.8 Deleting Files ........................................................................................................... 10-9
10.9 Real Time Printing.................................................................................................... 10-9
10.10 Printing Files ........................................................................................................ 10-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING ......................................................... 11-1
11.1 Manual Calling ......................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation ............................................................................................... 11-3
11.3 FEC Mode Operation................................................................................................ 11-5
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode .......................................................................................... 11-5
11.5 Communication Example.......................................................................................... 11-6
vii
11.6 Timer Operation ........................................................................................................11-8
11.6.1 Enabling timer operation ................................................................................11-8
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation ................................................................................11-9
11.7 Scanning...................................................................................................................11-9
11.8 Communication Buffer.............................................................................................11-10
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex ................................................................11-10
11.9.1 Automatic telex overview .............................................................................11-10
11.9.2 Preparations ................................................................................................ 11-11
11.9.3 Commands ..................................................................................................11-12
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method ...........................................................................11-13
DIRTLX macrofile ...................................................................................................11-15
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile ............................................................................11-17
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................. 12-1
12.1 Daily Test................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.2 Radiotelephone Test ................................................................................................ 12-2
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test .............................................................................................. 12-2
12.4 Maintenance............................................................................................................ 12-3
12.5 Replacement of Fuses............................................................................................. 12-4
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 12-5
12.7 Error Messages ....................................................................................................... 12-5
12.8 Test Call................................................................................................................... 12-7
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance............................................................................ 12-9
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment................................................................................ 12-9
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection ................................................................. 12-9
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive........................................................................................... 12-9
12.9.4 Diagnostics..................................................................................................12-10
APPENDIX ...................................................................................................... AP-1
Menu Tree .......................................................................................................................AP-1
Frequency Tables ............................................................................................................AP-4
Telex Abbreviations........................................................................................................AP-17
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1).......................................................................................AP-18
Parts List .......................................................................................................................AP-23
Parts Location ...............................................................................................................AP-26
INDEX............................................................................................................... IN-1
Declaration of conformity
viii
FOREWORD
Thank you for purchasing the FS-1570 (150 W)/FS-2570 (250 W) SSB Radiotelephone.
We are confident you will discover why FURUNO has become synonymous with quality
and reliability.
Dedicated in the design and manufacture of marine electronics equipment for over half a
century, FURUNO Electric Company has gained an unrivaled reputation as a world leader
in the industry. This is the result of our technical excellence as well as our worldwide
distribution and service network.
Please carefully read and follow the safety information and operating and maintenance
instructions set forth in this manual before attempting to operate the equipment and
conduct any maintenance. Your unit will perform to the utmost of its ability only if it is
operated and maintained in accordance with the correct procedures.
Note: The example screens shown in this manual may not match the screens you see on
your display. The screen you see depends on your system configuration and equipment
settings.
Features
The FS-1570/FS-2570 is an MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone with a built-in DSC/Watch
Receiver, all contained in a surprisingly compact cabinet. An NBDP (Narrow Band Direct
Printing) Terminal Unit is optionally available.
Data is displayed on a large, easy-to-read backlit LCD. Operation is simplified by the use
of few keys and easy-to-follow menus.
The built-in DSC/watch receiver produces and receives digital selective calls for quick and
efficient establishment of distress, urgency, safety and routine communications with other
ships and coast stations that install any MF/HF DSC facilities.
The main features are
General
• Fully meets the following regulations: IMO A.694(17), IMO A.804(19), IMO A.806(19),
IMO A.813(19), IMO MSC 68(68), IEC 60945, IEC 61907-3/8/9, IEC-61162-1,
EIV-300/338, ITU-R M.493-10, M.541-8, M.1082-1, EN 300 373, EN 300 338, EN 300
033 and ETS 300 067.
• One-touch testing facility
• Automatic entry of position with manual override
• Optional printer can automatically print out DSC and NBDP received messages and test
results.
ix
DSC/watch receiver
• Distress, safety and routine calling
• Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress and general calls on MF/HF
• File editing capability for readiness in case of emergency
• PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) capability standard
• Log stores 50 each of latest ordinary, distress and transmitted messages, in separate
memory blocks.
NBDP (with optional NBDP Terminal Unit IB-581/IB-583)
• Automatic error-free telex communications and distress message in compliance with
GMDSS requirements
• LCD monitor and keyboard comply with ITU regulations
• Pop-up menus for user-friendly operation
• Memory for 100 operator-customized channels
• Real time message printing with Printer PP-510
Program Number
PC Board
MAIN (Transceiver Unit)
PANEL 1 (#1 Control Unit)
PANEL 2 (#2 Control Unit)
MODEM (DSC)
NBDP MODEM
Program No.
0550205101
0550206101
0550206101
0550207101
0550208101
On Display
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Ver. 01
Remarks
FS-1570T/FS-2570T
FS-2570C
Optional unit
Optional pcb
Terminal Unit IB-581 (optional unit)
PC Board
Terminal Unit
Program No.
0550210122
On Display
Ver. 1.22
Remarks
On Display
Ver. 1.22
Remarks
Terminal Unit IB-583 (optional unit)
PC Board
Terminal Unit
x
Program No.
0550209122
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
FS-2570 (250 W)
*
# = 2.6 m
whip
antenna
**
#
PREAMP
FAX-5
NAVIGATOR
#
PREAMP
FAX-5
Antenna Coupler
AT-1560-25
RX BOARD**
CONTROLLER 1
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
HANDSET
HS-2001
PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
FS-2570T
TELEX DISTRESS
ALERT BUTTON
IC-302-DSC
or
DISTRESS MESSAGE
CONTROLLER
DMC-5
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT
IB-581/IB-583
CONTROLLER 2
PRINTER
INTERFACE
IF-8500*
24 VDC
* = Required for NBDP Terminal
and DSC to share printer.
24 VDC
* = For distress watch keeping receiver
** = For DSC general frequency
watch keeping receiver
Unit
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler
Other Units
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-850A
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
SHIP'S MAINS
24 VDC 100-115/200-230 VAC
1φ, 50/60 Hz
Category
Exposed to weather
Exposed to weather
Protected from weather
: STANDARD
: OPTION
: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
xi
FS-1570 (150 W)
#
2.6 m whip
antenna
Antenna Coupler
AT-1560-25
PREAMP
FAX-5
LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q
NAVIGATOR
CONTROLLER 1
INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC
TELEX DISTRESS
ALERT BUTTON
IC-302-DSC
or
DISTRESS MESSAGE
CONTROLLER
DMC-5
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
FS-1570T
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
PRINTER
PP-510
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT
IB-581/IB-583
24 VDC
CONTROLLER 2
HANDSET
HS-2001
PRINTER
INTERFACE
IF-8500*
24 VDC
* = Required for NBDP Terminal
and DSC to share printer.
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
# = For distress watch keeping receiver
AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-300
SHIP'S MAINS
24 VDC 100-115/200-230 VAC
1φ, 50/60 Hz
Unit
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler
Other Units
xii
Category
Exposed to weather
Exposed to weather
Protected from weather
POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01
: STANDARD
: OPTION
: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570/2570
1 MF/HF DIGITAL RADIOTELEPHONE
1.1 GENERAL
1.1.1
Communication System
Semi-duplex or simplex
1.1.2
Class of Emission
J3E: Telephone
J2B (F1B): DSC or NBDP
H3E: reception only
1.1.3
Frequency Range
100.00 kHz to 29,999.99 kHz
1.1.4
Number of Channel
User programmable: 255 TX/RX pairs
All ITU channels incorporated (include DSC/NBDP channels)
2182 kHz (single action)
1.1.5
Display Method
Monochrome LCD (120 x 64 dots)
1.1.6
Backlight
8 tones
1.1.7
Contrast
64 steps
1.1.8
Warming up
1 minute approx. (oven 20 minutes approx.)
1.2 TRANSMITTER
1.2.1
Frequency Range
1,606.5 kHz to 26.175 MHz (100 Hz steps)
1.2.2
RF output Power
FS-1570: 150 Wpep, FS-2570: 250 Wpep
1.2.3
Frequency Resolution
Within ±10 Hz
1.2.4
Modulation AF Response 350 Hz to 2.7 kHz
1.2.5
Modulation System
Low power balanced modulation
1.2.6
AF Input
-46 dBm/600 ohms (Handset/Microphone)
-10 dBm/600 ohms (Handset HS-2001)
1.2.7
Line in
0 dBm/600 ohms
1.3 RECEIVER
1.3.1
Receiving System
Double-conversion superheterodyne
1.3.2
Frequency Range
100 kHz 29,999.9 kHz (10 Hz steps)
1.3.3
Sensitivity
Input level at 10 ohms+250 pF (below 4 MHz) and 50 ohms
1.4
Intermediate Frequency
(above 4MHz) to produce SINAD 20 dB
Frequency Range
J3E/H3E
100 kHz to 300 kHz
35 dBµV
300 kHz to 1.6 MHz
25 dBµV
1.6 MHz to 4.0 MHz
13 dBµV
4.0 MHz to 30 MHz
7 dBµV
1st: 72,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
1.5
Selectivity
J3E: 2.4kHz at -6dB, H3E: 6kHz at -6dB
J2B (F1B): 300Hz at -6dB
1.6
1.7
Inter-modulation
Spurious Response
Better than 80 dBµV
Better than 70 dB
1.8
AGC
SLOW/FAST/OFF
1.9
BFO Frequency
Telex/DSC: 1,700 Hz, Facsimile: 1,900 Hz
SP - 1
E5637S01E-M
1.10 Audio Output Power
Internal speaker: 1W/ 8 ohms
External speaker: 4W/ 4 ohms
Handset: 2.5mW/ 150 ohms
Line output: 0 dBm/ 600 ohms
1.11 Standard Features
Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector
2 DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER
2.1 DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING
2.1.1
Frequency Shift
Space: 1785.0 ± 0.5 Hz, Mark: 1615.0 ± 0.5 Hz
2.1.2
Baud Rate
100 bps ± 30 x 10-6
2.1.3
Protocol
Complies with ITU-R Rec.493-10, 541-8, 1082-1
2.1.4
Modulation
AFSK
2.1.5
Distress Alarm
3.5 s to 4.5 s self-repetition
2.1.6
Distress Alarm Memory
50 messages
2.2
2.2.1
DSC/WATCH RECEIVER
Frequency Range
MF/HF specification
2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz
MF specification
2187.5 kHz
2.2.2
Class of Emission
F1B, J2B
2.2.3
Antenna Impedance
50 ohms
2.2.4
Local Oscillator
1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz
2.2.5
Frequency Stability
±10 Hz
2.2.6
Intermediate Frequency
1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
2.2.7
Selectivity
-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,
-30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,
-60 dB: within ± 550 Hz
2.2.8
Receiving System
Double-conversion superheterodyne
2.2.9
Radiation
within 2 nW
2.2.10 RX Error Rate
1 % or less at 1 µV input voltage
2.2.11 Spurious Response
31.6 mV non-modulated at 10µV input voltage,
at error rate within 1%
2.2.12 Scanning Reception
max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)
2.2.13 Diagnosis
Transmit high frequency signal of DSC
2.3
GENERAL WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER (FS-2570 ONLY, OPTION)
2.3.1
Frequency Range
1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz
2.3.2
Class of Emission
J2B, F1B
2.3.3
Antenna Impedance
50 ohms
2.3.4
Local Oscillator
1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz
2.3.5
Frequency Stability
within ±10 Hz
2.3.6
Intermediate Frequency
1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
2.3.7
Selectivity
-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,
-30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,
SP - 2
E5637S01E-M
-60 dB: within ±550 Hz
2.3.8
Receiving System
Double-conversion superheterodyne
2.3.9
Radiation
within 2 nW
2.3.10 RX Error Rate
1 % or less at 1 µV input voltage
2.3.11 Spurious Response
31.6 mV non-modulated at 10µV input voltage,
at error rate within 1%
2.3.12 Scanning Reception
max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)
2.3.13 Diagnosis
Transmit high frequency signal of DSC
3
NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION)
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1
Communication Mode
ARQ, FEC, DIRC (FSK)
3.1.2
Protocol
ITU-R M625-3, M476-5, M490, M491-1, M492-6
ID code
4, 5, 9 column
Line cord
4B/3Y (Intl.)
Modulation
AFSK
Tone frequency
1615/1785Hz ± 0.5 Hz (mark/space)
Tracking range
±80 Hz
3.1.3
Applications
Auto-reception
Setting timer and frequency (max. 10 settings available)
Frequency scanning
10 group max., 20 station as each group
User-channels
100 channels max.
4 TERMINAL UNIT
4.1 IB-583
4.1.1
Display
10.4” color TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots
4.1.2
CPU
HD6417615 (15.5 MHz)
4.1.3
Memory
Flash ROM: 1 MB, S-RAM: 256 KB
4.1.4
FD Drive
1.44MB 3.5”
4.1.5
Keyboard
82 keys, IBM PS/2
4.1.6
Other functions
Text editor, FD control, Printer, Remote control for Transceiver,
Diagnosis
4.2
IB-581
4.2.1
Display
9.5” monochrome LCD, 680 x 480 dots
4.2.2
CPU
ALI M6117 (33 MHz)
4.2.3
Memory
Flash ROM 2 MB, DRAM 2 MB
4.2.4
FD Drive
1.44MB 3.5”
4.2.5
Keyboard
82 keys, IBM PS/2
5
ANTENNA COUPLER
5.1
Tuning System
CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system
5.2
Frequency Range
1.6 MHz to 27.5Hz
5.3
Input Impedance
50 ohms
5.4
Antenna
7m to 30m wire or whip antenna
SP - 3
E5637S01E-M
5.5
Power Capability
150 W (FS-1570), 250 W (FS-2570)
5.6
VSWR
1.5 max
5.7
Tuning Speed
Within 15 s
5.8
Dummy Load
FS-1570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/100W mounted in coupler
FS-2570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/200W mounted in coupler
6
6.1
7
7.1
7.2
INTERFACE
Input data sentences
IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183-3)
Ship’s Position (L/L)
GGA>RMC>GLL
Time
ZDA
POWER SUPPLY
Transceiver Unit/Control Unit
FS-1570
24 VDC: 0.8 A, max. 20 A (TX)
FS-2570
24 VDC: 1.5 A, max. 35 A (TX)
Terminal Unit
IB-583: 24 VDC: 0.6 A
IB-581: 24 VDC: 0.8 A
7.3
Printer
7.4
AC/DC Power Supply Unit (option)
8
24 VDC: 1.5 A
100/110/115/220/230VAC, 1 phase, 50/60 Hz
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION
8.1
Ambient Temperature
-15°C to +55°C
8.2
Relative Humidity
93 or less at 40°C
8.3
Water proofing
Control Unit (Panel): IPX2
(IEC 60529)
Transceiver Unit/ Terminal Unit: IPX0
Antenna Coupler: IPX5
8.4
9
Vibration
IEC 60945
COATING COLOR
9.1
Control Unit/ Terminal Unit Panel: N3.0, Cover: 2.5GY5/1.5
9.2
Transceiver Unit
2.5GY5/1.5
9.3
Antenna Coupler
N9.5 (white)
SP - 4
E5637S01E-M
1
OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.1 Controls
FURUNO
DISTRESS
1
RT
2182
2
DSC
ABC
3
TEST
DEF
4
IntCom
GHI
5
ACK/SQ
ABC
6
SCAN
MNO
8
PRINT
TUV
9
0
LOG
TUNE
# SETUP
ALARM
CANCEL
7
PQRS
FILE
CALL
*CURSOR
PUSH TO ENTER
WXYZ
POWER
OVEN
ENTER knob
Description of controls
Control
POWER switch
DISTRESS
button
CALL key
ENTER knob
Function
Turns the power on/off.
Press and hold down the button more than three seconds to transmit the
distress alert.
Transmits calls.
Radiotelephone: Rotate to change TX/RX channel, sensitivity, audio
volume, etc.; push to register selection.
DSC: Rotate to choose menu items; push to register selection.
CANCEL key
•
•
•
•
•
1/ RT/2182 key
Switches to the radiotelephone screen. Press and hold down more than
two seconds to get 2182.0 kHz/J3E automatically.
Composes DSC TX message.
Executes daily test.
Turns on/off the intercom with other Control Unit FS-2570C.
2/DSC key
3/TEST key
4/IntCom key
5/ ACK/SQ key
6/SCAN key
Cancels wrong data.
Restores previous menu.
Silences audio alarm.
Cancels transmission, printing.
Erases error message.
DSC: Switches automatic and manual acknowledge alternately.
Radiotelephone: Turns squelch on and off.
• Displays DSC standby screen.
• Starts/stops scanning of DSC routine frequencies, on the DSC standby
screen.
1-1
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
7/
key
8/PRINT key
9/
key
FILE/CURSOR
key
LOG/TUNE key
#/SETUP key
ALARM lamp
OVEN lamp
• Turns loudspeaker on/off.
(Note that this key does not silence the distress or urgency alarm.)
Prints communications log files, current screen (except DSC standby
screen and radiotelephone screen) and test results.
Adjusts panel dimmer and LCD contrast.
• Opens the send message file list from the DSC standby screen, to send
stored message.
• Shifts cursor.
• Tunes antenna in radiotelephone operation.
• Displays message logs, in DSC operation.
Opens the Setup menu.
• Flashes in red for distress and urgency calls.
• Flashes in green (more rapidly) for business, safety and routine calls.
Lights (in green) when mains switchboard is on.
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off
Press the [POWER] switch at the right-hand side of the control unit to power the system.
Press it again to turn the system off. In the dual control unit system, the control unit
connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port on the transceiver unit has priority and it controls
the power for both the No.1 and No. 2 control units. The power switch of the No. 2 control
unit powers on/off the No. 2 control unit only.
Note: Turn on ship’s mains five minutes before turning on this equipment.
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast
1. Press the [9/
DIMMER
CONTRAST
] key to show the dimmer/contrast adjustment window.
(1~8)
6
(40~63)
45
EXIT:[ENT]
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DIMMER or CONTRAST, whichever you want to
adjust, and then push the [ENTER] knob.
CONTRAST (40-63)
DIMMER (1-8)
6
Dimmer adjustment window
55
Contrast adjustment window
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. To quit, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose “EXIT: [ENT]” and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
1-2
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.4 Indications
1.4.1 DSC standby screen
The DSC standby screen may be displayed by pressing the [6/SCAN] key.
Acknowledge status
(AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK)
WATCH KEEPING
DISTRESS
2187.5
4207.5
16804.5
12577.0
ROUTINE
2177.0
4219.5
16903.0
12657.0
35°00.000N
135°00.000E 23:59
AUTO ACK
6312.0
8414.5
6331.0
8436.5
MANUAL
Distress and routine frequencies
scanned in clockwise direction,
and frequency currently being
scanned is highlighted.
One cycle is completed
in less than two seconds.
For how to choose scan
frequencies, see paragraph 1.6.
Position and time. "MANUAL" shown
when these are input manually.
DSC standby screen
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen
Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. This is where you set up
the radiotelephone.
Communications Mode
(Duplex or Simplex, display only)
Class of Emission (SSB, TLX, AM)
Channel
TX Frequency
RX Frequency
AGC, Squelch
Sensitivity
Volume
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
SQ
NB
S
IA
0.0A
Output Power
(HIGH, MID or
LOW)
Noise Blanker
S-meter
Antenna Current (IA)
(or IC, VC, RF)
Radiotelephone screen
Note: “TX” is circumscribed with a rectangle when transmitting.
1-3
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.5 Loudspeaker
1. Press the [7/ ] key to alternately disable or enable the loudspeaker and the alarm
generated for routine messages. SOUND: ON or SOUND: OFF appears with each
press.
2. To adjust loudspeaker volume do the following:
The method of adjustment depends on the setting of “VOLUME INPUT” in the Setup
menu (radiotelephone).
For EASY
a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
VOL (at the bottom of the screen) is chosen.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob.
VOL
"OFF" shown when loudspeaker is off.
Note: For the “EASY” setting, the equipment does the following:
• “VOL” is automatically chosen after one minute even if an option other than
“VOL” is selected.
• When the setting is changed to other than “VOL” and the [ENTER] knob is
pushed, “VOL” is automatically chosen.
For NORMAL
a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
The last-chosen item is selected.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose VOL at the bottom of the screen and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
c) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob.
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies
You can scan frequencies when using the DSC mode. For how to set frequencies, see
paragraph 7.4. Radiotelephone and telex are inoperative while scanning. However, in
case of the FS-2570, those modes may be used during scanning when the optional
internal watch keeping receiver is installed.
1. Press the [6/SCAN] key to show the DSC standby screen.
2. Press the [6/SCAN] key to start/stop scanning.
1-4
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off
The automatic acknowledge feature of the DSC/watch receiver automatically transmits the
acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal to the sending station when an individual, position or
polling call is received. (For position and polling calls, respective item on the AUTO ACK
menu must be turned on to enable automatic acknowledge.) Automatic acknowledge can
be turned on or off at the DSC standby screen by the [5/ ACK/SQ] key. The message ACK:
AUTO or ACK: MANUAL appears at the bottom of the DSC standby screen with each
press of the key.
Note 1: To give priority to own ship’s communications while own ship is communicating,
show ACK: MANUAL by the above procedure.
Note 2: Automatic acknowledge is not possible under the following conditions:
Distress, Urgency or Safety
Priority:
Com Type: Morse, Fax, Data, No Info
Com Freq: No Info
Off Hook
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time
If there is no EPFS (Electronic Position-Fixing System) connected to this equipment or the
EPFS connected is not working (EPFS error indication appears), manually enter position
and time as follows:
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the Setup menu.
****
Setup menu
ALARM
AUTO ACK
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
PRINT OUT
****
SCAN FREQ
VOLUME
TEST
SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
1-5
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.
**
Position setup
**
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
AUTO
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH
N
MANUAL
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
Note 1: If, when INPUT TYPE is AUTO, input from the navigator is interrupted, the
message “EPFS error!” appears. If this occurs, check the navigator.
Note 2: When INPUT TYPE is MANUAL, the message “Warning: Update position”
appears at set intervals (update interval selected with POSITION OLDER on
the Alarm menu) to ask you to update position.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter latitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to North; [2] key to
switch to South. Push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
**
34
°30 NORTH
12
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT
NORTH
34˚
41 : 34° 4134
° 30 NORTH
12
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
After last digit
is entered
NORTH: [1] KEY
SOUTH: [2] KEY
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter longitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to East; [2] key to
switch to West. Push the [ENTER] knob.
**
Position setup
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT
34°41
30NORTH
NORTH
LAT: : 34˚
LON
° 135
30
LON : 135
: 135˚
30
EAST
30 EAST
12°EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
**
135
12°30 EAST
After last digit
is entered
EAST: [1] KEY
WEST: [2] KEY
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.
Position setup
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT : 34
30 NORTH
: °34˚
41 NORTH
LON
30 EAST
LON : 135
: °135˚
30 EAST
TIME 09:
: 12
09:
00 UTC
TIME:
00: 34
UTC
8. Enter UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. The Setup
menu appears.
9. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
1-6
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.9 System Characteristics
1.9.1 Equipment priority
Equipment priority order is as below.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DMC
Control unit sending distress alert
Control unit 1 – routine use
Control unit 2 – routine use
NBDP
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative
Controls become inoperative in the following conditions:
• Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit goes
OFF HOOK.
• Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit
switches to the DSC mode.
• Distress received by DMC (Distress Message Controller).
• NBDP is scanning or communicating.
• Distress alert or distress relay is transmitted.
• Call other than distress is transmitted (transmission time about 8 s). If it becomes
necessary to unlock the keyboard before the message is transmitted, press the
[CANCEL] key to cancel the call.
1.9.3 Controls become operative
Controls become operative in the following conditions:
•
•
•
•
•
[DISTRESS] button is pressed.
Control unit having highest priority is operated.
Other control unit in two-control unit system goes ON HOOK.
Distress received by DMC is acknowledged.
NBDP stops scanning or communicating.
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency
The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency in the following conditions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ABLE ACK is sent in response to individual call.
Your ship receives ABLE ACK in response to own ship-initiated individual call.
Your ship sends all ship call.
Your ship sends distress relay.
Your ship sends distress alert.
Your ship receives group call or area call.
Your ship receives distress relay call.
Your ship receives distress alert.
1-7
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option)
The control unit works directly on 24 VDC or through a Power Supply Unit on AC mains
supply (115 or 230 VAC). The power supply unit is type PR-300, supplying 24 VDC power
(20 A) to the FS-1570 or type PR-850A, supplying 24 VDC (40 A) to the FS-2570. Both
115/230 VAC and 24 VDC power can be connected simultaneously. In this case, the
system normally operates on the AC mains supply and when AC power is lost, the PSU
automatically switches to the DC power source.
This power supply arrangement satisfies the GMDSS requirements. The
FS-1570/FS-2570 can be operated directly from 24 VDC without a power supply.
OVEN power supply: The crystal oven is always powered even when the Power Switch
is OFF, provided the mains switchboard is turned on.
AC and DC power switches
Both AC and DC power switches on the PSU can be always kept on. (These switches are
provided to turn off the power supply for maintenance.) The control unit may be turned on
or off with the PSU kept on.
Red Light
Breaker
Green Light
Power Lamp
PR-300
POWER
ON
100V 10A
220V 5A
ON
OFF
AC IN
L N G
125V 20A
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
DC IN
+
-
+
DC OUT
- 24V +
-
Terminal
Cover
Lamp (red): Lights when AC power source is in use.
Lamp (green): Lights when DC power source is in use
AC INPUT 50/60Hz
DC OUTPUT
PR-850A
PR-300
Power supply units
Note: Both lamps light when changing to DC power supply (PR-300). These lamps also
light when the internal temperature goes too high.
1-8
2
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
You can enter desired frequency by channel or TX and RX frequencies. The handset may
be ON HOOK or OFF HOOK. To set the SSB radiotelephone to 2182 kHz/J3E
automatically, press the [1/ RT/2182] key more than two seconds.
2.1 Transmitting
After selecting class of emission and frequency, you can transmit by pressing the PTT
switch on the handset. Output power is shown on the display.
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission
1. At the radiotelephone screen, choose class of emission (mode) as follows:
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SSB
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 800
TLX
AM
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose mode desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. SSB:
Single Sideband, TLX: Telex, AM: AM. (You cannot transmit on the AM mode.)
2. AGC is automatically selected according to mode. AGC FAST: SSB, AGC OFF: TLX,
AGC SLOW: AM. However, you may change it as below.
a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AGC and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
OFF
FAST
AGC : FAST
FAST
SLOW
SEN
FAST
KHZ
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFF, SLOW or FAST as appropriate and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
2-1
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency
Choosing channel
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
800
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
S
SEN
VOL
IA
0.0A
2. Channel can be entered directly with the numeric keys, or by using the [ENTER] knob.
See below for details.
Entering band and band channel with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to
enter band and band channel and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Choosing band and band channel with the ENTER knob:
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to place the cursor in the band or band channel position,
whichever you want to change.
200
200
Cursor position for
selection of band channel
Cursor position for
selection of band
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set band (or channel) desired.
2
4
6
8
12
16
ITU band
Setting Range
ITU Band:
User Band:
ITU Channel:
User Channel:
18
22
25
01 02-----
029
User band
2/4/6/8/12/16/18/22/25
001-029 (leadiing zero necessary)
XX01 - XX236 (rendering on band or mode)
XXX01 - XXX99
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. The TX and RX frequencies of the channel entered
appear.
2-2
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
Choosing frequency
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TX or RX as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
MODE: AM
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
Rx:
KHZ
2182.00
KHZ KHZ
123456.78
AGC : SLOW
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
2. Enter frequency by one of the methods below.
Entering frequency with the numeric keys:
Use the numeric keys to enter frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. Be sure to
including trailing zero. For example, to enter 2161 kHz, key in [2], [1], [6], [1], [0].
(Keying in 2-1-6-1 will set 216.1 kHz.)
Choosing frequency with the ENTER knob (for RX only):
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to choose digit to change.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set digit.
c) Push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: To enter same frequency for both TX and RX, enter the TX frequency first.
2.1.3 Tuning
Maximum transmission power is achieved only when the antenna impedance and
transmitter impedance match each other. Because the antenna impedance changes with
frequency, a means must be provided to match (tune) the antenna impedance with the
transmitter impedance. This is done with the antenna coupler. The antenna coupler
automatically tunes the transmitter to a wide range of different antenna lengths, from 7 to
30 m.
To initiate the automatic tuning, do the following:
1. Press the PTT switch on the handset or the [LOG/TUNE] key on the control unit.
“TUNING” appears when the [LOG/TUNE] key is pressed; “TX” pops out when the PTT
switch is pressed.
Tuning will be completed within 2 to 5 s for a newly selected frequency, or less than 0.5
s for a once-tuned frequency. (A memory saves coil and capacitor settings.) When the
tuning process is successfully completed, TUNE: OK appears. If tuning fails, TUNE:
NG appears.
2-3
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
Note: When tuning is initiated in the two-control unit system, the display of the idle control
unit shows “OCCUPIED(ANOTHER CONTROLLER).” In this case, only the
DISTRESS button is operative on the idle control unit. Further, if a control unit is in
use when tuning is attempted at the other control unit, the display of the control unit
which attempted to tune shows “OCCUPIED” plus the name of the equipment in
use: ANOTHER CONTROLLER, NBDP, or DMC.
2.1.4 Using the handset
Hold the handset close to your mouth, press the PTT switch and speak clearly.
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power
During transmission, the IA bar deflects according to the current being fed to the antenna
feeder from the antenna coupler. The unit of readout is amperes. The antenna current
varies with the effective antenna impedance. The swing differs by the frequency and
antenna length. The output power is proportional to the square of an antenna current.
Note: If IA is not shown, follow the procedure in paragraph 2.1.7 to show it.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
2-4
S
IA
2.1A
Antenna Current
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power
To conserve energy and to minimize possible interference to other stations, reduce the
transmission power. This should be done when using the transceiver in a harbor, near the
shore or close to communication partner (other ship).
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose LOW, MID or HIGH (whichever is shown) at the
top of the screen and then push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
FS-1570
FS-2570
LOW
68 W
70 W
TX: 2182.0
HIGH
LOW
MID
HIGH
KHZ
MID
100 W
125 W
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
HIGH
150 W
250 W
CH: 200
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
2.1A
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose power among LOW, MID and HIGH as
appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: Power amplifier temperature is monitored, and when its temperature rises above a
certain temperature output power is automatically reduced.
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF
While transmitting, you may display RF (PA output), IA (antenna current), IC (collector
current) or VC (collector voltage), at the lower right corner of the radiotelephone screen.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RF, IA, IC or VC (whichever is displayed) at the
bottom right corner.
2. Push the [ENTER] knob.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
IA
AGC : FAST
IC
VCS
RF
IA
SEN
VOL
KHZ
2.1A
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose option desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-5
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.2 Receiving
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment
In normal use the sensitivity should be set for maximum. If the audio on the received
channel is unclear or interfered with other signals, adjust (usually reduce) sensitivity to
improve clarity.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SEN at the bottom of the screen and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
SEN
2. Rotate the [ENTER] to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2.2.2 S-meter
The S-meter shows relative signal strength coming into the receiver frontend. Note that
the S-meter does not function when the AGC is turned off.
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
S
SEN
VOL
S-meter
IA
0.0A
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency
When a semi-duplex channel is selected, it is recommended to monitor if there is no
existing traffic on the frequency you are going to use. This can be done by entering the Tx
frequency at the Rx frequency location.
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations
1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
SSB
MODE: SSB
SIMP
CH:TLX
800
AM
HIGH
TX: 2182.0
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AM and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2-6
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
MODE: AM
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 200
TX: 2182.0
Rx:
KHZ
2182.00
KHZ KHZ
123456.78
AGC : SLOW
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
5. Key in RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency
Squelch on/off
The squelch mutes the audio output in the absence of an incoming signal. Press the [5/
ACK/SQ key] to turn on and off the squelch alternately. When radio noise is too jarring
during stand-by condition, it may be muted by activating the squelch. “SQ” appears when
the squelch function is active.
Squelch frequency
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
****
Setup menu
NB
SQ FREQ
FAX RX ENABLE
VOLUME INPUT
USER CH
OFFHOOKED
SYSTEM
****
: OFF
: 600 HZ
: OFF
: EASY
: OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SQ FREQ.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob.
4. Enter frequency (range: 500-2000 Hz, default 800 Hz) with the numeric keys and then
push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2.2.6 Noise blanker
The noise blanker functions to remove noise. You may turn it on or off as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NB.
Push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2-7
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.3 Intercom
The built-in intercom permits voice communications between two FS-2570C Control Units.
1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.
2. Off hook the handset.
3. Press the [4/IntCom] key to show INTERCOM on the display. The called party’s
handset rings.
4. When the called party picks up their handset, start communications.
5. Hang up the handset to turn the intercom off. The indication INTERCOM disappears
from the screen.
2.4 Telex Communications
Telex communication is performed with the NBDP Terminal Unit (option) connected to this
radiotelephone. No special operation is required on the control unit; class of emission and
frequencies are set on the NBDP Terminal Unit. For telex communications, see Chapters 8
through 11.
2-8
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails
The antenna coupler automatically tunes a wire or whip antenna to the transceiver. When
all frequencies cannot be tuned, TUNE OK will not appear on the display. In this case, you
can tune 2182 kHz by manually operating the coupler as shown in the procedure below.
DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
DO NOT TRANSMIT WHEN
THE ANTENNA COUPLER
IS OPEN.
1. Turn off the control unit. Remove the cover of the antenna coupler.
2. Set the MANUAL-AUTO switch to the MANUAL position.
COUPLER BOARD
DUMMY
LOAD
BOARD
MANUAL
AUTO
3. Replace the cover.
4. Turn on the control unit.
2-9
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.6 User Channels
The USER CH menu allows registration of user TX and RX channels, where permitted by
the Authorities.
NOTICE
FURUNO will assume no responsibility
for the disturbance caused by the
unlawful or improper setting of user
channels.
2.6.1 Registering user channels
“USER CH” in the System setup menu must be enabled in order to register user channels.
For further details, contact your dealer.
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
Setup menu
****
NB
SQ FREQ
FAX RX ENABLE
VOLUME INPUT
USER CH
OFFHOOKED
SYSTEM
****
: OFF
: 600 HZ
: OFF
: EASY
: OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. The
window shown below appears.
ENTRY
ERASE
3. ENTRY is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.
***
3 MODE:
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
User ch entry
SSB
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
5UP6DOWN
4CH: **
2-01
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the user channel options window.
User ch entry
*** SSB
3 MODE:
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
TX: 2111.5
TX:
2222.0
MODE
TX:
CH2333.5
TX:
2444.0
FREQ
TX: 2555.5
5UP6DOWN
2-10
4CH:** 2-01
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
User ch entry
*** SSB
3 MODE:
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
TX:
2111.5
NBDP
TX:
DSC2222.0
TX: 2333.5
TX: 2444.0
TX: 2555.5
5UP6DOWN
4CH:**2-01
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate mode among SSB, NBDP and DSC
and then push the [ENTER] knob.
User ch entry
*** SSB
3MODE:
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
2101.5
2202.0
2303.5
2404.0
2505.5
5UP6DOWN
4CCHH : :0**
−2-01
00
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
2101.5
2202.0
2303.5
2404.0
2505.5
- 256 channels may be registered.
- Band no. setting range is 0-29 and band channel no. range is
01-99.
- For DSC, four channels can be registered per band (2, 4, 6
8, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25).
- "0" band is for DSC frequencies only, and they are registered
under "OTHER." Four channels are available, 01-04.
7. Key in channel no. and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [1], [2],
[3], [4] and then push the [ENTER] knob to enter channel 01234.
User ch entry
** : SSB
3 MODE
01234.
01240.
01241.
01242.
01250.
TX:
0.0
TX: 12666.0
TX: 12777.5
TX :
TX: 12999.5
RX :
TX: 12100.0
5UP6DOWN
4 CH**: 12-34
RX:
0.0
RX: 13666.0
RX: 13777.5
0.0 KHZ
RX: 13999.5
0.0 KHZ
RX: 13100.0
8. Enter TX frequency with the numeric keys.
9. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX.
10. Enter RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to display all channels entered.
12. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2-11
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.6.2 Deleting user channels
Deleting individual user channels
1.
2.
3.
4.
At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ENTRY and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Push the [ENTER] knob, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5. Enter channel number to process and then push the [ENTER] knob.
6. Tx and Rx frequencies are shown as “0.0 kHz”; push the [ENTER] knob to delete
channel.
7. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.
Deleting all user channels
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable
You may enable or disable FAX use as follows:
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose FAX RX ENABLE and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] key.
SSB
MODE: SSB
SIMP
HIGH
CH: 800
TLX
FAX
TX: 2182.0
AM
KHZ
RX: 2182.00
KHZ
AGC : FAST
SEN
VOL
S
IA
0.0A
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.
2-12
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook
When the handset is off hook, you may choose to turn the speaker (panel speaker or
external speaker) on or off. The default setting is OFF which turns off the speaker when
the handset is off hook. The ON position keeps the speaker on always, regardless of
handset state.
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the SETUP menu.
****
Setup menu
NB
SQ FREQ
FAX RX ENABLE
VOLUME INPUT
USER CH
OFFHOOKED
SYSTEM
****
: OFF
: 600 HZ
: OFF
: EASY
: OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFFHOOKED and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] key.
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.
2-13
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
(This page intentionally left blank.)
2-14
3
DSC OVERVIEW
3.1 What is DSC?
DSC is an acronym meaning Digital Selective Calling. It is a digital distress and general
calling system in the MF and HF bands used by ships for transmitting distress alerts and
general calls and by coast stations for transmitting the associated acknowledgements.
For DSC distress and safety calling in the MF and HF bands, the frequencies are (kHz)
2187.5, 4207.5, 6312.0, 8414.5, 12577.0, and 16804.5.
The DSC station sends and receives DSC general and safety calls via the radiotelephone.
Distress Frequency
Distress alert, routince DSC call
Routine DSC Call
Routine DSC Calls
Option
(FS-2570
only)
TRANSCEIVER
UNIT
FS-1570T
FS-2570T
CONTROL UNIT
FS-2570C
3.2 DSC Call
DSC calls are roughly divided in two categories: distress and safety calls, and routine calls.
Below are the types of DSC calls.
Call
Description
All Ships
Call to all ships
Distress
Your ship sends distress call
Distress relay all
Your ship relays distress call to all ships
Distress relay select
Your ship relays distress call to a coast station
Geographical Area
Call to all ships in a specific geographical area
Group
Call to a specific group
Individual
Call to a specific address
Medical Transport
Inform all ships that your ship is carrying medical supplies
Neutral Craft
Inform all ships that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict
Polling
Call to determine if own ship is in communicating range with other
ship
Position
1) You send your position to other stations
2) Your ship requests position of other station
PSTN
Call over Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
Test
Send test signal to a coast station to test your station’s functionality
3-1
3
DSC OVERVIEW
Contents of a DSC call
•
Calling category
Call category
Call
Individual
Individual, PSTN, Test, Position, Polling,
Relay Sel (specific coast station)
All Ships
All Ships, Neutral, Medical, Relay All
Group
Group
Geographical Area
Area
Distress Call
Distress
•
Station ID
Own ship ID and sending station ID. Coast station ID begins with 00; Group ID
begins with 0.
•
Priority
Distress:
Safety:
Urgency:
Business:
Routine:
•
Grave and imminent danger and request immediate assistance.
A station is about to transmit a call containing an important
navigational or meteorological warning.
A calling station has a very urgent call to transmit concerning safety of
ship, aircraft or other vehicle or safety of person.
Communication related to the navigation, movements and needs of ships
and aircraft.
General calling
Communication type
Telephone: Telephone (J3E) by SSB radiotelephone
NBDP-ARQ: Telex (J2B) mode ARQ via NBDP Terminal Unit
NBDP-FEC: Telex (J2B) mode FEC via NBDP Terminal Unit
•
Communication frequency
Working frequency used to call by telephone or NBDP. The sending station may have
the receiving frequency (ship or coast station) assign the frequency to use.
•
Position
Position can be automatically or manually sent.
•
DSC frequency
DSC frequency to use. If the call category is SAFETY, URGENCY or DISTRESS,
choose a DSC distress frequency.
•
End code
The end of a DSC call is denoted by ACK RQ (Acknowledge Request), ACK BQ
(Acknowledge Back) or EOS (End of Sequence).
3-2
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply
This type of call is sent by own ship in the event of distress, by using the [DISTRESS]
button as follows:
1. The LED in the [DISTRESS] button initially flashes, and lights when the button is
pressed more than three seconds. (If the button is pressed less than three seconds,
the distress alert is not sent. Once the alert is sent it cannot be cancelled.)
NOTICE
IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL TRANSMISSION OF THE DISTRESS ALERT
If the distress is accidentally transmitted,
contact the nearest coast station and inform
them of the accidental transmission as
follows:
a) Ship's name
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number
c) Position at time of transmission
d) Time of transmission
2. The radiotelephone automatically sets the DSC distress frequency and then the
equipment transmits the distress alert.
3. After the distress alert is transmitted (this takes about 40 seconds), the equipment
waits for the distress acknowledgement call (DIST ACK) from a coast station. This
usually takes less than three minutes. (If it is not received within 4.5 minutes, the
distress alert is re-transmitted.)
4. The radiotelephone automatically sets the distress communication frequency to use to
conduct voice communications (telex also available) with the coast station.
(1)
(2)
Own Ship
(3)
(1)
Ship in
Distress
(2)
(3)
Coast
Station
(Own Ship)
(1) Ship in distress sends Distress Alert
(2) Coast station sends distress acknowledgement (DIST ACK).
(3) Voice or telex communications between ship in distress and coast station
3-3
3
DSC OVERVIEW
3.2.2 Individual call
The individual call is for sending a call to a specific station.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1) DSC Message [Called Acknowledge
Request (ACK RQ) Signal]
Own Ship
(2) Acknowledge Back (ACK BQ) Signal
Coast
Station
(3) Voice or telex communication
Basic procedure (radiotelephone)
1. Prepare call and transmit it by pressing the [CALL] key. The equipment then awaits
acknowledgement of the call.
2. Receive acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from other party (coast station or ship
station) within about five minutes. The audio alarm sounds at this time; press the
[CANCEL] key to silence it.
3. After receiving the ACK BQ signal, communicate with other party; the radiotelephone
automatically sets the working frequency and class of emission you specified.
3.3 Audio Alarms
When you receive a distress alert or routine call addressed to your ship, the audio and
visual alarms are released. For the distress or urgency call, the audio alarm sounds until
the [CANCEL] key is pressed, and sounds for one second and then automatically goes off
in case of other calls. The tone of the alarm changes with the call received. By becoming
accustomed to the tone, you can know which type of call you have received.
Alarm
Safety call received
Routine, Ship's Business call
received
While DISTRESS button is
pressed for three s
Distress alert sent
Own ship position not updated
Distress alert, urgency
message received
3-4
Frequency (interval)
1300 Hz and 0 Hz (250 ms)
880 Hz and 440 Hz (500 ms)
2200 Hz and 0 Hz (125 ms)
2200 Hz, continuous
2200 Hz (50 ms), three beeps
every two s
1300 Hz and 2200 Hz (250 ms)
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays
This paragraph provides the information necessary for interpreting receive and send call
displays.
3.4.1 Receive calls
Below are sample distress and individual receive calls. The content of other types of
receive calls is similar to that of the individual call. When you receive a call, the message
“INCOMING” flashes at the bottom of the display.
Distress receive call
* Received messageECC:
* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
ANSWER
3 4
ALL VIEW
Push [ENTER] knob
to switch.
5*
Received message
Date and time of message
ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good)
Category (Distress call)
Ship in Distress (ID No. of ship in distress)
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable,
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard, EPIRB emission)
Position of ship in distress
Working frequency to use
*
DISTRESS COORDINATES:
12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELECOMMAND: J3E TELEPHONE
END OF SEQUENCE: EOS
ERROR-CHECK: OK
DSC FREQUENCY
: 2177.0KHZ
Distress coordinates (position of ship in distress)
Telecommand (class of emission)
End of sequence (EOS for distress)
Error check (OK or NG)
DSC frequency used to transmit distress call
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to switch.
Received message
*
*
FORMAT
: DISTRESS CALL
SELF-IDENTITY
: 123456789
NATURE OF DISTRESS:
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
Format (distress)
ID no. of ship in distress
Nature of distress (problem with ship in distress, see above)
5
3-5
3
DSC OVERVIEW
Individual receive call
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
123456789
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TX: 2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
RX: 2182.0 KHZ
3
4ALL VIEW
ANSWER
Date and time of message
ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good)
Able acknowledge ("Unable acknowledge" and reason if unable)
ID No. of sending station
Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)
Working frequency to use
Note: ANSWER is for replying to message.
Push [ENTER] knob
to switch.
* Received message *
WORKING FREQ.
Working frequency to use
DSC FREQUENCY
End of sequence (ACK. BQ or ACK. RQ)
Error check (OK or NG)
DSC frequency used
: TX: 2182.0 KHZ
RX: 2182.0 KHZ
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ
ERROR-CHECK: OK
2177.0KHZ
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob to
go to "GO TO EASY VIEW"
or push it to go to previous display.
Received message
*
*
FORMAT
: INDIVIDUAL
ADDRESS
: 987654321
CATEGORY
: ROUTINE
SELF-IDENTITY
: 123456789
1ST TELECOMMAND : J3E TELEPHONE
2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION
3-6
Format (individual)
ID of your station
Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)
ID of sending station
1st Telecommand (class of emission)
2nd Telecommand (class of emission)
3 DSC OVERVIEW
3.4.2 Send calls
Below are sample distress and individual send calls. The content of other types of send
calls is similar to that of the individual call.
Distress send call
Distress
call in progress!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
30S
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable,
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard)
Position of ship in distress (your ship)
Working frequency to use
DSC frequency used to send distress call
Time to go until distress alert is transmitted
Individual send call
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE:
INDIVIDUAL
STATION ID:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
123456789
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: CH 401
: 2M-INTL
Call type (Individual)
ID of station where message is to be sent
Priority (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)
Mode of communication (Telephone, NBPD-ARQ, NBDP-FEC)
Working channel (or frequency)
DSC frequency
GO TO ALL VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob to
choose GO TO ALL VIEW
and then push it.
** Compose message **
WORKING FREQ.
: CH 401
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ
DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 KHZ
RX: 2177.0 KHZ
Working frequency
End of sequence (Acknowledge request)
DSC frequency used
GO TO EASY VIEW
Rotate [ENTER] knob.
Compose message
*
*
FORMAT
: INDIVIDUAL
ADDRESS
: 987654321
CATEGORY
: ROUTINE
SELF-IDENTITY
: 123456789
1ST TELECOMMAND : J3E TELEPHONE
2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION
Calling format
Own ship ID
Communications category
ID no. of transmitting station
1st telecommand
2nd telecommand
3-7
3
DSC OVERVIEW
(This page intentionally left blank.)
3-8
4
DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4.1 Sending Distress Alert
GMDSS ships carry a DSC terminal with which to transmit the distress alert in the event of
a life-endangering situation. A coast station receives the distress alert and sends the
distress alert acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Then, voice or telex communications
between the ship in distress and coast station begins.
Transmission of the distress alert and receiving of the distress alert acknowledgement are
completely automatic - simply press the [DISTRESS] button to initiate the sequence. Note
that the distress can also be transmitted from the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC.
Russian version
• Audio alarm is released continuously after transmitting distress alert.
• The [CANCEL] key can be used during the transmission of the distress alert. The
transmission sequence is stopped at the end of the fifth transmission.
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress
not specified
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press and hold down the [DISTRESS] button
more than three seconds. The button flashes in red and the buzzer sounds rapidly. The
display shows the contents of the distress alert call: your ship’s nature of distress,
position, time and the DSC frequency over which the alert has been transmitted.
The number of seconds to continue pressing the [DISTRESS] button appear at the
bottom of the display. The buzzer sounds continuously and the lamp in the button lights
when the button has been pressed three seconds. You can release the button at that
time.
Distress button
pressed!
Nature of Distress
Position, Time
DSC Distress
Frequency used
to transmit the
distress alert
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S
Displays number of seconds to continue
pressing the [DISTRESS] button to
transmit the distress alert.
4-1
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
2. The display changes as below. It takes about 40 seconds to transmit the distress alert,
and the number of seconds until transmission is completed is shown at the bottom of
the display. At this time the output power of the radiotelephone is automatically set to
maximum.
Distress
call in progress!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
38S
Time to go until distress
alert is completely transmitted.
3. After the distress alert has been sent, the display changes as below and the audio
alarm is stopped. Wait to receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station,
which usually takes 1 to 2 min 45 seconds. (The [DISTRESS] button remains lit until
the equipment receives the distress acknowledge call from a coast station.) The timer
counts down the number of minutes before next retransmission (if necessary), from
3.5 to 4.5 minutes, randomly set.
At this time, the equipment cannot receive any calls except the distress alert
acknowledge call. The distress alert you sent is recorded in the TX log.
Wait for distress
acknowledgement.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2187.5 KHZ
2M10S
4. When the distress acknowledge call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the
display changes as below.
Distress acknowledge
call received.
FROM COAST: 001234567
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
STOP ALARM
Note: If you do not receive the distress alert acknowledge call, the equipment
automatically re-transmits the distress alert and then awaits the distress alert
acknowledge call. This is repeated until the distress alert is acknowledged.
5. Silence the alarm with the [CANCEL] key. The contents of the distress acknowledge
call appear.
4-2
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
Received message
JAN-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
FROM COAST: 001234567
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone, following the instructions
below. The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency and class of emission,
as specified in the distress acknowledge call.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Say MAYDAY three times.
Say “This is … “ name of your vessel and call sign three times.
Give nature of distress and assistance needed.
Give description of your vessel (type, color, number of persons onboard, etc.).
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress
specified
If you have the time to designate the nature of distress, send the distress alert as follows:
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button momentarily to
show the following display.
**
CALL TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
FIRE
NATURE
FLOODING
: 987654321
POS. COLLISION
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
COM.TYPE
LISTING:
DSC FREQ
:
6
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.
**
6
Compose message
SINKING
DISABLE
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu. This is where you enter your position,
automatically or manually. The INPUT TYPE option, that is, the source of position data,
is selected to AUTO, MANUAL or NO INFO. For AUTO, if the position is correct, push
the [ENTER] knob twice and go to step 10. For manual input, or you do not know your
position, go to step 4.
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
Note: If the message “No Position Data” appears when you change INPUT TYPE
from MANUAL to AUTO, confirm that the navigation device is functioning and
then choose AUTO again.
4-3
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
AUTO
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH
N
MANUAL
LON : 135° 30 EAST
NO INFO
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. If you
cannot confirm your position, choose NO INFO, push the [ENTER] knob and then go
to step 10.
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter latitude (in four digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to
North; [2] key to switch to South.) Push the [ENTER] knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT
NORTH
34˚
41 : 34° 4134
° 00 N
12
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
35
°00 N
12
After last digit
is entered
NORTH: [1] KEY
SOUTH: [2] KEY
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter longitude (in five digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to
East; [2] key to switch to West.) Push the [ENTER] knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
00NORTH
NORTH
LAT
35°41
LAT: : 34˚
LON
:
135
°
30
LON
: 135˚
30
EAST
135
30 E
12°EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC
135
12°00 E
After last digit
is entered
EAST: [1] KEY
WEST: [2] KEY
8. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
00 NORTH
LAT : 35
: °34˚
41 NORTH
LON
00 EAST
LON : 135
: °135˚
30 EAST
TIME 09:
: 12
09:
00 UTC
TIME:
00: 34
UTC
9. Key in UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
4-4
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
10. The COMPOSE MESSAGE screen is redisplayed. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the
COM. TYPE menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE:
DISTRESS
NATURE: FLOODING
TELEPHONE
AT 23:25
POS: 35°00N 135˚00E
NBDP-FEC
COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC as appropriate and
then push the [ENTER] knob. (Telephone is the usual mode, however NBDP may also
be used.)
12. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message
AUTO
** ComposeDISTRESS
**
CALL TYPE:
2187.5
4207.5
NATURE: FLOSIGNATED
6312.0AT 23:34
POS: 35°00N 135˚00E
8414.5
COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE
12577.0
DSC FREQ : 16804.5
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a DSC frequency (normally 2187.5 kHz) and then
push the [ENTER] knob. (AUTO retransmits the distress alert on the distress and
safety frequencies 2 MHz, 8 MHz, 16 MHz, 4 MHz, 12 MHz and 6 MHz in that order if
the distress alert is not acknowledged.)
14. The display changes as below (example).
Compose message
CALL TYPE:
DISTRESS
NATURE: FLOODING
POS: 35°00N 135°00E AT 12:34
COM. TYPE
:
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
15. Press the [DISTRESS] button more than three seconds to send the distress alert.
Distress
call in progress!
NATURE: FLOODING
POS: 35°00N 135°00E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
38S
16. For telephone, follow steps 3 to 6 on page 4-2 and 4-3. For NBDP, follow the
procedure below.
4-5
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to
escape.” appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to
erase the message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
Station List
DSC
ABC-6M
ABC-12M
ABC-8M
FURUNO
Call Station
Station Set up
Station
ID Code
Mode
Tx Freq
Rx Freq
:
:
:
:
:
DSC
ARQ FEC
2174.50
2174.50
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key to connect the communications line.
5. “Connect” appears in reverse video. Type and transmit your message, giving the
following information:
a) Ship’s name and call sign
b) Nature of distress and assistance needed
c) Description of your vessel
6. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert
When you receive a distress alert from a ship in distress, the audio alarm sounds and the
message "Distress call received." appears on the display. Press the [CANCEL] key to
silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge call from a coast station. If you
do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes
about five minutes from the time of reception of a distress alert, follow the appropriate flow
chart in this section to determine your course of action.
Note 1: An asterisk (*) appearing in a distress alert call indicates error at asterisk location.
Note 2: If the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC is connected, the aural alarm
sounds and the IC-302-DSC’s alarm lamp lights in red when a distress alert is
received. To silence the aural alarm, press the [ALARM STOP] key.
Russian version
If another distress alert or urgent call is received just after pressing the [CALL] key (for
distress alert relay and distress acknowledgement), the most recently received call has
priority.
4-6
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band
Do the following:
• Continue watching on 2182 kHz. Wait for coast station to acknowledge the distress call.
Watch until “SEELONCE FINI” is announced.
• If multiple DSC distress alerts are received from the same ship in distress and it is
beyond a doubt in your vicinity, a DSC acknowledgement may, after consultation with an
RCC or Coast Station, be sent to terminate the call by DSC.
• In no case is a ship permitted to transmit a DSC distress relay call upon receipt of a
DSC distress alert on MF channel 2187.5 kHz.
Action for ship receiving distress alert on MF band
DSC Distress alert received.
Press [CANCEL] key to
silence alarm.
Listen on 2182 kHz
for 5 minutes.
Did you receive
acknowledge from
CS and/or RCC?
No
Is distress traffic
in progress?
No
Yes
Yes
CS = Coast Station
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center
Enter details in log.
Is own
vessel able
to aid
ship in
distress?
Is the DSC distress
call continuing?
No
Yes
Yes
Acknowledge the alert by
radiotelphony to the ship
in distress on 2182 kHz.
No
Inform CS and/or RCC.
4-7
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
Sending the distress acknowledge call to ship in distress (on MF band)
Transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress only when you do not
receive it from a coast station and you are able to aid the ship in distress. First, transmit
the distress acknowledge to the ship in distress by telephone. If the DSC call is continuing,
terminate transmission of the distress alert as follows:
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows the message “Distress call received.”
when your ship receives a distress call.
Distress
call received.
DISTRESS
CALL
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm and the display changes as below.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
JAN-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
ANSWER
3 4
ALL VIEW
3. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station and you
have received the distress alert more than twice, contact the ship in distress over
radiotelephone. If the distress alert continues, terminate the alert by rotating the
[ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, push the [ENTER] knob and then go to step 4 to
send the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
** Compose message **
CALLTYPE
RELAY ALL
RELAY COAST
COAST
ID IN ACKNOWLEDGE
DSC FREQ
:
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ACKNOWLEDGE and then push the [ENTER]
knob. The following display appears.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
ID IN DIST :
123456789
DSC FREQ
:
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4-8
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
6. Press the [CALL] key, and the message “Category distress transmit sure?” appears.
Continue press the key until the message “Distress acknowledge call in progress
appears, to transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
Distress acknowledge
call in progress!
Category distress
transmit sure?
SHIP IN DIST :
ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
[CALL] key
pressed
3 seconds
DSC FREQ
:
123456789
2187.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO 4S
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band
If you receive a distress alert on the HF band, the ALARM lamp lights and the audio alarm
sounds. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress
acknowledge from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge within
five minutes, follow the instructions below to determine your course of action.
•
Watch on the distress frequency.
•
Relay the distress alert in the following cases:
- You have not received a distress acknowledge call from a coast station within five
minutes after receiving a distress call.
- You have not received a distress relay from other ship.
- You cannot receive distress communications from other ship over radiotelephone.
- If it is clear the ship or persons in distress are not in the vicinity and/or other crafts are
better placed to assist, superfluous communications which could interfere with search
and rescue activities should be avoided. Details should be recorded in the appropriate
log book.
- The ship relaying the distress alert should establish communications with the station
controlling the distress as directed and render such assistance as required and
appropriate.
4-9
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
Action for ships receiving distress alert on HF band
DSC Distress alert received.
HF DSC, RTF AND NBDP CHANNELS (kHz)
Press [CANCEL] key to
silence alarm.
Listen to associated RTF or
NBDP channel(s) for 5 minutes.
Is the alert
acknowledged or
relayed by CS and
or RCC?
DSC
RTF*
NBDP
4207.5
6312.0
8414.5
12577.0
16804.5
4125
6215
8291
12290
16420
4177.5
6268
8376.5
12520
16695
* = Radiotelephone
Is distress commuTransmit distress
nication in progress
relay on HF to coast
No on associated RTF No station and inform
channels?
RCC.
Yes
Is own
vessel able
to assist?
Yes
Yes
Contact RCC via most
efficient medium to offer
assistance.
No
CS = Coast Station
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center
Enter details in log.
Sending the distress relay to coast station (on HF band)
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below when a distress call is
received.
Distress
call received.
DISTRESS
CALL
ID IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
JAN-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
8291.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
ANSWER
3 4
ALL VIEW
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4-10
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE* INDVIDUAL
RELAYRELAY
ALL
DISTRESS
RELAY
COAST
ID IN DIST:
987654321
DSC FREQ
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. If you know the ID of the nearest coast station, choose RELAY COAST and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
6. Push [ENTER] knob and key in ID of coast station where to send the distress relay and
then push the [ENTER] knob.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL
DISTRESS RELAY
COAST ID: 000000000
ID IN DIST:
8414.5 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
GO
TO
VIEW
GO TOEASY
ALL VIEW
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ. menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE: RELAY
2187.5ALL
DISTRE4207.5
123456789
COAST ID:
6312.0
8414.5
ID IN DIST:
12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
KHZ
GO
TOALL
EASY
VIEW
GO TO
VIEW
8. Choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. You should first
choose 8414.5 kHz.
9. Press the [CALL] key, and the display changes as shown at the top of the next page.
4-11
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
** Compose message **
Category distress
transmit sure?
COAST ID: 001234567
ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
[CALL] key
pressed 3
seconds.
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL
DISTRESS RELAY
COAST ID: 001234567
ID IN DIST: 123456789
8414.5 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
GO
TO
EASY
VIEW
TIME TO GO :
2M10S
Timer counts
down time
remaining
(See note below.)
Distress relay sel
call in progress!
TO COAST: 001234567
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
8414.5 KHZ
5S
Note: If a coast station acknowledges the call before the timer counts down to zero, press
the [CANCEL] key to cancel the distress relay call.
10. After the call is transmitted, the message “Wait for distress relay acknowledge.”
appears. After you have received the distress acknowledgement from the coast station,
communicate with the coast station by telephone, over the DSC frequency specified. If
you do not receive the distress acknowledgement from a coast station after the timer
counts down to zero, transmit the distress relay again, over a different frequency.
4-12
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in
Distress
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station
You may send the distress relay to a coast station on behalf of a ship in distress in the
following cases:
• You are near the ship in distress and the ship in distress cannot transmit the distress
alert.
• When the master or person responsible for your ship considers that further assistance is
necessary.
In the above cases never use the [DISTRESS] button to transmit the distress relay.
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY SEL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID input window.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE: RELAY SEL
COAST ID
ID IN DIST
000000000
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: NO INFORMATION
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in COAST ID with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST window.
Compose message
**
**
: RELAY SEL
CALL TYPE
: --------COAST ID:
000000000
ID IN DIST
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
: NO INFORMATION
POS.:
COM.TYPE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Key in ID of ship in distress with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. If
you do not know the ID, simply push the [ENTER] knob without entering ID.
4-13
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.
COAST ID
FIRE
ID IN DIST
FLOODING
: 987654321
COLLISION
NATURE
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
POS: ION.
:
LISTING
COM.TYPE
:
DSC FREQ
6
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.
6
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
SINKING
DISABLE
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD
EPIRB EMISSION
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]
knob. If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu.
Compose message
**
**
: ALL SHIPS
CALL TYPE
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
COAST ID DISTRESS RELAY
LAT
: 34°45 NORTH
ID IN
DIST
: 987654321
LON :: 135°22
EAST
NATURE
UNDESIGNATE
TIME: 10:00 UTC
POS:
COM. TYPE :
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Enter position of ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.
1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice and then go to step 11.
2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the
[ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:
a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to
step 11.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push
the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 11.
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : RELAY SEL
COAST ID: 001234567
ID IN DIST : 123456789
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34°45N 135°22E AT 10:00
TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
: NBDP-FEC
2187.5 kHz
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4-14
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
(NBDP-FEC may also be used.) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ
menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE: RELAY
2187.5ALL
DISTRE4207.5
123456789
COAST ID:
6312.0
8414.5
ID IN DIST:
12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
KHZ
GOTO
TOALL
EASY
VIEW
GO
VIEW
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC (NBDP) frequency and then
push the [ENTER] knob. The display now looks something like the one below in case
of radiotelephone.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE
: RELAY SEL
COAST ID
: 001234567
ID IN DIST
: NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
POS: 34°45N 135°22E AT 10:00
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
14. Press the [CALL] key, and the message “Category distress transmit sure?” appears.
Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay sel call in progress!”
to send the distress relay call.
Category distress
transmit sure?
Distress relay sel
call in progress!
TO COAST :
001234567
ID IN DIST : NO INFO
POS : 34°45N 135°22E AT 10:00
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
TO COAST : 001234567
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO
[CALL] key
pressed 3
seconds
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO : 8S
15. The equipment then waits for acknowledgement of the distress relay, displaying the
message shown below. If the distress relay is not acknowledged within five minutes,
the message “No response. Try relay again.” appears. If this occurs, send the distress
relay again.
Wait for distress
relay acknowledge.
FROM COAST : 001234567
SHIP IN DIST: NO INFO
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO :
: 8414.5 KHZ
4M59S
4-15
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
16. When you receive the distress relay acknowledge call, the audio alarm sounds and
the display shown below appears.
Distress relay ack
call received.
COAST ID :
001234567
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
POS : 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
17. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. The following display appears.
* Received message
*
ECC:OK
JAN-23-2002-23:59
DISTRESS RELAY ACK
COAST ID :
001234567
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
POS : 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
18. Communicate with the coast station.
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships
Use this procedure to send the distress relay to all ships.
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY ALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL
ID IN DIST
000000000
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34°45N 135°45E AT 9:30
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of ship in distress (if known) with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob. (If you do not know the ID enter push the [ENTER] knob without
entering ID.)
4-16
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
FIRE
ID IN DIST
FLOODING
: 987654321
NATURE
COLLISION
:Undesignated
POS: ION.
GROUNDING
COM.TYPE
LISTING:
DSC FREQ
:
6
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]
knob. (If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.)
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu, where you enter the position of the
ship in distress and time, manually or automatically.
Compose message
**
**
: ALL SHIPS
CALL TYPE
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
ID IN
DIST
DISTRESS
RELAY
LAT
: 34°45
NORTH
NATURE
:
UNDESIGNATE
:
987654321
LON : 135°45 EAST
POS:TIME: 09:30 UTC
COM. TYPE :
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Enter position of the ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.
1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice. Go to step 9.
2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the
[ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:
a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to
step 9.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push
the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 9.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL
ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE :
NDESIGNATED
TELEPHONE
POS: 34˚45N NBDP-FEC
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
:
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE (or NBDP-FEC) and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
4-17
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE: RELAY
2187.5ALL
ID IN DIST: 123456789
4207.5
NATURE: UN 6312.0
POS: 34°45N 8414.5
COM TYPE: 12577.0
DSC FREQ 16804.5
KHZ
GOTO
TOALL
EASY
VIEW
GO
VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]
knob. The display now looks something like the one below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL
ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34˚45N 135˚45E AT 09:30
COM TYPE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Press the [CALL] key, and the message “Category distress transmit sure!” appears.
Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay all call in progress!” to
send the distress relay call.
Category
SENDdistress
MESSAGE
***
***
transmit
sure?
CALL TYPE
: ALL SHIPS
Distress
all
SENDrelay
MESSAGE
***
***
call
in
progress!
CALL TYPE
: ALL SHIPS
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34˚45N 135˚45E AT 09:30
COM TYPE :
TELEPHONE
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
8414.5 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S
[CALL] key
pressed 3
seconds
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
8414.5 KHZ
29S
14. After the call is sent, the radiotelephone screen automatically appears.
4-18
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships
When you receive a distress relay for all ships, continue monitoring distress and safety
frequencies.
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below when a distress relay
all ships call is received.
Distress relay all
call received.
FROM SHIP:
234567890
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 kHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.
Received message
JAN-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
DISTRESS RELAY ALL
FROM SHIP:
234567890
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen.
4. Watch distress/safety frequency.
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station
When you receive a distress relay call from a coast station, continue monitoring distress
and safety frequencies.
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one in the left-hand figure below
when a distress relay is received from a coast station. Press the [CANCEL] key to
silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as in the right-hand figure below.
Distress relay all
call received.
FROM COAST:
001234567
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 KHZ
STOP ALARM
Received message
Press the
[CANCEL] key.
JAN-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
DISTRESS RELAY ALL
FROM COAST:
001234567
SHIP IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34
TELEPHONE
8291.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen.
3. Watch distress/safety frequency.
4-19
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS
(This page intentionally left blank.)
4-20
5
CALLING, RECEIVING
This chapter provides the information necessary for general calling and receiving.
5.1 All Ships Call
When an urgent but not life-endangering situation arises on your ship, for example, engine
trouble, send an all ships call to request assistance.
After sending the call, you can communicate by voice over the radiotelephone, or send a
message by telex. For telephone, do the following before beginning actual communications:
URGENCY priority: Say PAN three times followed by your call sign.
SAFETY priority: Say SECURITE three times followed by your call sign.
Coast
Station
Own Ship
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE
menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ALL SHIPS and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-1
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to display the PRIORITY menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
ALL SHIPS
SAFETY
URGENCY
: TELEPHONE
DISTRESS
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SAFETY or URGENCY as appropriate and then
push the [ENTER] knob. (DISTRESS should be used only when there is a life
endangering situation on board your vessel.)
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE :
ALL SHIPS
PRIORITY :
COM TYPE
COM.
TYPE
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications mode and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose2187.5
message
**
**
4207.5
CALL TYPE
: ALL SHIPS
PRIORITY
COM TYPE
DSC FREQ
:6312.0
SAFETY
:8414.5
TELEPHONE
12577.0
16804.5
2187.5KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. For safety and urgency call the display shows “All
ships call in progress.” For distress call, the display shows “Category distress transmit
sure? If you are sure to transmit with distress priority, continue pressing the [CALL] key
to show "All ships call in progress!".
All ships
call in progress!
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2182.0 KHZ
2187.5 KHZ
5S
10. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent (timer counts
down to zero). The equipment is then set up for telephone (or NBDP) and safety or
urgency priority, using DSC pair frequencies.
5-2
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call
1. When an all ships call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display looks
something like the one shown below.
All ships
call received.
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display shows partial contents of the
all ships call as below.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
ALL SHIPS CALL
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
To view detailed contents,
push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Press the [CANCEL] key again to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch for
communications about all ships call on the radiotelephone.
5-3
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.2 Individual Call
The individual call is for calling a specific station. After sending an individual call, called ACK
RQ transmission, wait to receive the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from the receiving
station.
5.2.1 Sending an individual call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
message
** Compose: INDIVIDUAL
**
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
0: 0 0:0 0 0 0 0 0
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Use the numeric keys to key in the ID of the station where to send the call and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
Compose message
**
**
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
ROUTINE
: --------STATION ID
BUSINESS
:
PRIORITY
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE SAFETY
: NO INFOR
COM. FREQ URGENCY
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-4
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority (normally ROUTINE) and then
push the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Routine or
Business Priority
Compose message
**
: INDIVIDUAL **
CALL TYPE
: --------STATION ID
TELEPHONE
: ROUTINE
PRIORITY
NBDP-ARQ
:
COM. TYPE
NBDP-FEC
: NO INFOR
COM. FREQ
SPECIAL
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO
6
5
MAIN
TTY RCV
TTY
MORSE KEY
MORSE TAPE
FACSIMILE
DATA
For Safety or
Urgency Priority
TELEPHONE
NBPD-ARQ
NBDP-FEC
Push [ENTER]
knob to display.
V21
V22
V22 BIS
V23
V26 BIS
V26 TER
V27 TER
V32
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communications type desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. For routine and business priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ
menu. For safety and urgency priority, go to step 11.
Compose message
**
**
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: 123456789
NO INFO
FREQUENCY
CHANNEL
POSITION*
: 12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
* POSITION is displayed if a coast
station is specified at step 3.
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency setting method desired
and then push the [ENTER] knob. For FREQUENCY and CHANNEL, see “How to Set
Working Frequency, Channel” on the next page. NO INFO and POSITION let the
receiving station set the working frequency. Choose NO INFO or POSITION to send the
call to a coast station; FREQUENCY or CHANNEL to send the call to a ship station.
5-5
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
How to Set Working Frequency, Channel
To send a call, set the working frequency as below, to communicate with the receiving station.
The working frequency can be entered by Tx and Rx frequencies or channel number.
Routine or ship's business priority
1. After selecting FREQUENCY or CHANNEL, one of the following pop-up windows appears.
TX:
RX:
0.0 KHZ
0.0 KHZ
CH:
0
Channel
Frequency
2. Key in TX frequency or channel with the numeric keys. (For channel, push the [ENTER] knob
to finish.)
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the RX field, key in RX frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob to finish.
Safety or urgency priority
For safety or urgency priority the communication frequency cannot be selected; it is automatically
set to the pair frequency as set for the DSC frequency.
11. Follow the instructions on the next page to choose DSC frequency desired.
5-6
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
How to Set DSC Frequency
Routine or ship’s business priority
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.
** Compose message
**
INDIV
2 MHZ
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID:
PRIORITY:
COM. TYP:
COM. FREQ:
DSC FREQ
5
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
4123456
MHZ
6 RO
MHZ
8 MHZ
TELEP
12
MHZ
NO I
: 2M-INTL
6
Rotate the [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
OTHER: Private channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob.
One of the menus shown below appears depending on the band selected.
message
** Compose: Individual
**
CALL TYPE
2 MHz
4 MHz
Station
: 001234567
INTL ID : T12577.5/R12657.0
6 MHz
Priority
: Routine
LOCAL1 : T12578.0/R12657.5
8 MHz
LOCAL2
Com.
type : T12578.5/R12658.0
:12
Telephone
MHz
COM. FREQ : No infor
: 12M-INTL
DSC FREQ
6
Rotate the [ENTER] knob
to scroll menu to view user
channels (if registered).
LOCAL = Local channel
5
USER CH1 : T12345.0/R12345.0
USER CH2 : T12345.5/R12345.5
USER CH3 : T12346.0/R12346.0
USER CH4 : T12346.5/R12346.5
GO TO ALL VIEW
2MHz menu
INTL
:T 2189.5/R 2177.0
8MHz menu
INTL
:T 8415.0/R 8436.5
LOCAL :T 8415.5/R8437.0
LOCAL :T 8416.0/R8437.5
18MHz menu
INTL
:T18898.5/R19703.5
LOCAL1 :T18899.0/R19704.0
LOCAL2 :T18899.5/R19704.5
4MHz menu
INTL
:T 4208.0/R 4219.5
LOCAL1 :T 4208.5/R 4220.0
LOCAL2 :T 4209.0/R 4220.5
12MHz menu
INTL
:T 12577.5/R12657.0
LOCAL1 :T 12578.0/R12657.5
LOCAL2 :T 12578.5/R12658.0
22MHz menu
INTL
:T 22374.5/R22444.0
LOCAL1 :T 22375.0/R22444.5
LOCAL2 :T 22375.5/R22445.0
6MHz menu
INTL
:T 6312.5/R 6331.0
LOCAL1 :T 6313.0/R 6331.5
LOCAL2 :T 6313.5/R 6332.0
16MHz menu
INTL
:T 16805.0/R16903.0
LOCAL1 :T 16805.5/R16903.5
LOCAL2 :T 16806.0/R16904.0
25MHz menu
INTL
:T 25208.5/R26121.0
LOCAL1 :T 25209.0/R26121.5
LOCAL2 :T 25209.5/R26122.0
Other menu
INTL
:T 458.5/R 455.5
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The
display shows the DSC frequency band selected, at "DSC FREQ".
Safety or urgency priority
For safety or urgency priority "COM. FREQ" is automatically set to the same pair frequency as the
DSC frequency.
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
2187.5
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
001234567
4207.5
6312.0
: SAFETY
8414.5
: TELEPHONE
:12577.0
2182.0KHZ
16804.5
: 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-7
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
12. Press the [CALL] key to send the individual call (transmission time: about seven
seconds). The display shows the message "Individual request call in progress!" while
the call is being sent.
Individual request
call in progress!
123456789
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
7S
Note: When the channel is in use,
"CH BUSY" appears at the
lower left-hand side of the
screen.
Press [CALL] key for forced
transmission.
13. After the call is sent, the equipment waits for acknowledgement of the call, showing the
display below.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
123456789
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
4M30S
14. The timer starts counting down the maximum time to wait for acknowledgement, five
minutes, randomly set. One of the following three messages appears. (“No response!
Try calling again.” appears after the timer counts down to zero. It means the receiving
station did not respond.)
Able acknowledge
call received.
Unable acknowledge
call received.
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
NO REASON GIVEN
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
123456789
2138.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
Able acknowledge call received
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
Unable acknowledge call received
2138.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response from station
15. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 14.
5-8
123456789
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Able acknowledge call received
Communicating by radiotelephone
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence it, and the display changes as
below. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. The working frequency
is automatically set; you may start voice communications by radiotelephone.
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
2138.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
GO TO ALL VIEW
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
Unable acknowledge call received
The alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks
something like the one below. Send the call again later. If the coast station sends the
message “QUEUE INDICATION,” wait until your turn arrives.
* Received message
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
UNABLE ACKOWLEDGE
NO REASON GIVEN
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
GO TO ALL VIEW
Reason for unable to acknowledge:
NO REASON GIVEN
CONGESTION AT SWITCHING CENTRE*
BUSY
QUEUE INDICATION*
STATION BARRED*
NO OPERATOR AVAILABLE*
OPERATOR TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE*
EQUIPMENT DISABLE
MODE NOT USABLE
CHANNEL NOT USABLE
* Coast station use
No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by pressing the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to go to radiotelephone screen.
5-9
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call
When own ship receives an individual call, acknowledgement is automatically or manually
sent depending on the comply-type setting (see paragraph 7.2). The relationship between
comply type and automatic/manual acknowledge is as shown in the table below.
Comply type
Setting of
[5/ACQ /SQ] key
ABLE
UNABLE
AUTO ACK
Can send acknowledge
automatically
Can send UNABLE
automatically.
MANUAL ACK
Can send acknowledge
manually
Can send UNABLE manually.
Note: The handset must be on hook to enable automatic acknowledge.
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “ABLE”
1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active
(AUTO ACK) and the comply type is “ABLE,” the display shown below appears. This
display indicates that the auto acknowledge (ACK BQ) call is being sent.
Able acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
123456789
CH 201
2177.0 KHZ
6S
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds
and the following message appears.
Able acknowledge
call transmitted.
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
CH 201
STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.
* Xmitted message *
MAR-23-2002-23:01
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
123456789
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 201
3
RE-SEND
4 ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key. You can now communicate with the party, over the
radiotelephone frequency specified or by the NBDP terminal unit.
5-10
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit
After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to send a message by NBDP
Terminal Unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.
The message from the other station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
After receiving the message from other station, type your message and then transmit it.
Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “UNABLE”
1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active
(AUTO ACK) and comply type is “UNABLE,” the display shown below appears,
indicating that the auto acknowledge call with UNABLE (ACK BQ) is being sent.
Unable acknowledge
call in progress!
BUSY
TO SHIP
: 121234567
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO : 6S
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds
and the following message appears.
Unable acknowledge
call transmitted.
BUSY
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
121234567
STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.
* Xmitted message *
JUL-23-2002-23:01
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
BUSY
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
RE-SEND
121234567
ALL VIEW
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to confirm the message. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the
message. Choose GO TO EASY VIEW and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-11
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5. If you want to send a proposal, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RE-SEND and then
push the [ENTER] knob.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : UNABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID : 001234567
REASON: NO REASON
GIVEN
STATION ID: 001234567
DSC FREQ : 12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
a) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
c) Prepare message as appropriate and then press the [CALL] key to transmit the message.
After you receive acknowledgement from the other party you can start communications.
Manually acknowledging individual call with “ABLE”
1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual
acknowledge (MANUAL ACK)and comply type “ABLE,” the alarm sounds and the
display looks like the one below.
Individual request
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
121234567
CH 401
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as shown below.
Received message
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00
ECC: OK
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
001234567
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401
ANSWER
3 4 ALL VIEW
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob
to choose ALL VIEW and then push
[ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. Push
the [ENTER] knob again to open the CALL TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID ABLE
: 001234567
COM. TYPE UNABLE
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ
: CH 401
DSC FREQ
: 4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-12
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. The
display changes as below. (Working frequency is automatically set as specified by other
party.)
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID: 121234567
COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ: CH401
DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display changes as below.
Able acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP
: 121234567
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401
DSC FREQ :
4208.0 KHZ
TIME TO GO:
7S
6. After the call is completely sent (transmission time: 7 sec.), the radiotelephone screen
appears (if the communications mode is telephone). You can begin voice
communications by radiotelephone. For NBDP operation, do the following:
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit
After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal
Unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.
The message from the other party appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
After receiving the message from the other party, type your message and transmit it.
Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
5-13
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Manually acknowledging individual call with “UNABLE”
1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual
acknowledge, the alarm sounds and the display shows the message "Individual request
call received."
Individual request
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
121234567
CH 401
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
* Received messageECC:
* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
121234567
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401
ANSWER
3 4 ALL VIEW
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob
to choose ALL VIEW and push the
[ENTER] knob.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
ABLE
TO SHIP
: 001234567
COM. TYPE UNABLE
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ
: CH401
DSC FREQ:
4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose UNABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the REASON menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : UNABLE
NO REASON
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
REASON BUSY
: NO REASON
EQUIPGIVEN
DISABLE
TO SHIP MODE
:
001234567
NOT USABLE
DSC FREQCH :NOT
12,577.5
KHZ
USABLE
7. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate reason and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
5-14
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
8. The display changes as below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE : UNABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
REASON
: CHANNEL
NOT USABLE
STATION ID : 121234567
DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display shows "Unable acknowledge call in
progress!" while the call is being sent.
Unable acknowledge
call in progress!
CHANNEL NOT USABLE
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
121234567
4208.0 KHZ
6S
10. The timer counts down the time remaining until the call is sent (transmission time: about
seven seconds). The DSC standby screen appears after the call has been transmitted.
5.3 Group Call
A group call is for calling a specific group by specifying its group ID.
5.3.1 Sending a group call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID menu.
Compose message
**
**
: GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
000000000
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in group ID (nine digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5-15
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
Compose message
**
**
: GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
:ROUTINE
012345678
SAFETY
URGENCY
NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
Compose message
**
**
: GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
TELEPHONE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
: 012345678
NBDP-FEC
: Routine
SPECIAL
: Telephone
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: No infor
: 2M-INTL
6
GO TO ALL VIEW
For Safety or Urgency
For Routine
Rotate the [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
5
MAIN
TTY RCV
TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
TTY
MORSE KEY
MORSE TAPE
FACSIMILE
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For
safety or urgency priority, go to step 11.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: GROUP CALL
GROUP ID
: 012345678
NO
INFO
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
COM. TYPE FREQUENCY
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ : 2164.0 kHz
CHANNEL
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO
GOTO
TOALL
ALL VIEW
VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency desired and then push
the [ENTER] knob. (See page 5-6 for details.) NO INFO lets other party choose
communication frequency.
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: Individual CALL
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
2 MHZ
: 001234567
4
MHZ
E
: Routine
6 MHZ
: Telephone ONE
8 MHZ
: No infor
12
MHZ
6:
12M-INTL
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
Rotate the [ENTER]
knob to select.
OTHER: Private channels.
GO TO ALL VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency
desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. (See “How to set DSC frequency” on page
5-7 for details.)
5-16
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: GROUP CALL
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: 012345678
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: 2164.0 KHZ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
13. Press the [CALL] key to send the group call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows "Group call in progress!" while the call is being sent.
Group
call in progress!
GROUP ID :
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
TIME TO GO :
012345678
2164.0 KHZ
2177.0 KHZ
6S
14. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent, if frequency was
specified.
15. If you selected TELEPHONE at step 7, communicate by radiotelephone. For NBDP, do
the following:
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
5-17
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.3.2 Receiving a group call
Group ID must be registered in order to receive a group call. See paragraph 6.2.
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows "Group call received" when a group call
is received.
Group
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
TX: 2164.0 KHZ
RX: 2164.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
GROUP CALL
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
TX: 2164.0 KHZ
RX: 2164.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency.
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a group call, do the following:
1. The controls unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-18
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.4 Geographical Area Call
The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in
your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships
within 24-34°N, 135-140°W.
Reference point
(For example,
34°N 140°W)
34°N
10°
24°N
140°W
5°
135°W
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: AREA CALL
AREA
00°N 000°E ↓ 00°→ 00
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly
degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the
[1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the
[ENTER] knob.
5-19
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: AREA CALL
ROUTINE
°W ↓12° → 5°
AREA : 34°00N 123
PRIORITY
:SAFETY
Routine
COM. TYPE
:URGENCY
Telephone
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
For Safety or Urgency
For Routine
Compose message
**
CALL TYPE
**
: AREA CALL
TELEPHONE
AREA : 34°00N 133°W ↓120° → 12°
NBDP-FEC
PRIORITY
: Routine
SPECIAL
COM. TYPE
: Telephone
6
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
Rotate the [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
5
MAIN
TTY RCV
TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
TTY
MORSE KEY
MORSE TAPE
FACSIMILE
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For
safety or urgency priority, go to step 12.
Compose message
**
**
: AREA CALL
CALL TYPE
AREA: 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°
NO INFO
PRIORITY
FREQUENCY
COM. TYPE
CHANNEL
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency or channel and then enter frequency or
channel. (See page 5-6 for details.)
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose message
**
CALL TYPE:
AREA:
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
Individual
2 MHZ
4 MHZ
001234567
6 MHZ
: Routine
8 MHZ
: Telephone
12 MHZ
: No infor
:
12M-INTL
6
**
TL
Rotate the [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
OTHER: Private channels.
GO TO ALL VIEW
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
5-20
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob. (See “How to set DSC frequency” on page 5-7 for details.) Your display
should now look something like one below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: AREA CALL
AREA : 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
COM. FREQ
: 2164.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
14. Press the [CALL] key to send the geographical area call (transmission time: about
seven seconds). The display shows "Geographical area call in progress!" while the call
is being sent.
Geographical area
call in progress!
AREA: 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
2164.0 KHZ
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO
:
:
2M-INTL
7S
15. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. If you chose radiotelephone at
step 8, you can now communicate with the other party. For NBDP, do the following:
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
5-21
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call
1. The alarm sounds and the display shows "Geographical area call received" when a
geographical area call is received.
Geographical area
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
123456789
TX: 2164.0KHZ
RX: 2164.0KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
FROM SHIP :
123456789
ROUTINE
TX: 2164.0KHZ
TELEPHONE
RX: 2164.0KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency specified in the geographic area call.
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a geographic call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit:
1. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-22
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.5 Neutral Craft Call
The neutral craft call, which contains own ship position and ID, informs all ships that your
ship is not a participant in armed conflict. Send the call BEFORE entering an area of armed
conflict.
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE
menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
6
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NEUTRAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
message
** Compose: NEUTRAL
**
CALL TYPE
PRIORITY
craft
SAFETY
:URGENCY
Safety
COM. TYPE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone or
NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message
2187.5
Neutral
** Compose:4207.5
**
CALL TYPE
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
craft
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
12577.0
: Telephone
16804.5
:2187.5 kHz
KHZ
VIEW
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
5-23
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: NEUTRAL
CRAFT
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
: SAFETY
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the neutral craft call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.).
Neutral craft
call in progress!
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2182.0 KHZ
2187.5 KHZ
7S
10. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. Inform all ships by
radiotelephone that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict.
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
5-24
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call
1. When a neutral craft call is received the alarm sounds and the display changes as
below.
Neutral craft
call received.
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
* Received messageECC:
* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
NEUTRAL CRAFT
FROM SHIP:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency specified by radiotelephone or NBDP.
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit.
1. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5-25
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.6 Medical Transport Call
The medical transport call informs all ships, by urgency priority, that own ship carries
medical supplies.
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MEDICAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: PRIORITY is automatically selected to URGENCY.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone and
NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message
** Compose2187.5
**
CALL TYPE
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
: Medical
4207.5
transport
6312.0
:8414.5
Urgency
12577.0
: Telephone
16804.5:2187.5 KHZ
VIEW
GO TO ALL
VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]
knob. The display changes as below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: MEDICAL
TRANSPORT
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
: URGENCY
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The
display shows “Medical transport call in progress!” while the call is being sent.
5-26
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Medical transport
call in progress!
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2182.0 KHZ
2187.5 KHZ
7S
8. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen automatically appears. Inform all ships
(by radiotelephone) that your ship is transporting medical supplies. For NBDP do the
following:
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the
message.
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the
line.
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call
1. When a medical transport call is received, the alarm sounds and the display looks as
below.
Medical transport
call received.
FROM SHIP:
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
123456789
2182.0 KHZ
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
MEDICAL TRANSPORT
123456789
FROM SHIP:
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ
GO TO ALL
ALL VIEW
VIEW
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen to watch on frequency
specified.
5-27
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit.
1. The display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
5.7 Polling Call
Polling means confirming if own station is within communicating range with other station.
This function only provides affirmative or negative response; it does not provide position
information. Note that simultaneous polling to more than one station is not possible.
1 Polling
2 Acknowledge
3 Polling
4 Acknowledge
5.7.1 Sending a polling call
1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE
menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POLLING and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
: POLLING
: --------000000000
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of station with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
5-28
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: Polling
ROUTINE
: 987654321
BUSINESS
: Routine
SAFETY
: 12M-INTL
URGENCY
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
**
Compose message
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
2 MHZ
: Medical
4 MHZ
6transport
MHZ
:8Urgency
MHZ
12
MHZ
: Telephone
6:267.5 kHz
VIEW
**
TL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
OTHER: Private channels.
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER]
knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: POLLING
: 123456789
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The
display changes as below.
Polling request
call in progress!
TO SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
5-29
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
10. After the call is sent, the following display appears.
Waiting for polling
acknowledgement.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
4M59S
11. The timer counts down the time remaining to wait for acknowledgment of the call. One of
the following displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears when there
is no response from receiving station. The timer counts down to zero in this case.)
Polling acknowledge
call received.
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
NO INFORMATION
123456789
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ
STOP ALARM
Polling acknowledge
call received
123456789
:
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response
12. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 11.
Polling acknowledge call received
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display
changes as below. You can confirm if called party is within communicating range.
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
NO INFORMATION
GO TO ALL VIEW
No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-30
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call
Automatic reply
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds
when a polling request call is received and the equipment is set up for automatic
acknowledge: POLLING on the Auto Ack menu is ON and the [5/ACK/ SQ] key is set to
show AUTO ACK on the display. For details see paragraph 7.2.
Polling auto acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :
2177.0 KHZ
7S
2. After the polling automatic acknowledge call is transmitted, the following display appears
and the audio alarm sounds.
Polling auto acknowledge
call transmitted.
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
** Xmitted message **
MAR-23-2002-23:00:09
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE
TO SHIP : 123456789
ROUTINE
RE-SEND
3
4
ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-31
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Manual reply
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds
when a polling request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is MANUAL
ACK.
Polling request
call received.
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
987654321
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:01
POLLING REQUEST
987654321
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
ANSWER
3
4
ALL VIEW
3. To respond to the call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE : POLLING
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID: 987654321
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CALL] key to send the polling acknowledge call. The display changes as
below.
Polling acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP
ROUTINE
:
987654321
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
After the call is sent the DSC standby screen appears.
5-32
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.8 Position Call
There are two types of position calls: other station requires your ship’s position and your
ship requests position of another ship.
Finding position of other station
(1) Position request call
(2) Position Information
Own Station
Other Station
Sending own ship's position to other station
(1) Requests ship's position
(2) Sends position Information
Own Ship
5-33
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ship’s position
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.
** Compose message **
POSITION
REQUEST
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID
000000000
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: ROUTINE
:2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of station (nine digits) which you want to know its position and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
** Compose message **
: Position
ROUTINE
request
BUSINESS
: 987654321
SAFETY
: Routine
URGENCY
:12M-INTL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message
** Compose2 MHZ
**
CALL TYPE
: POSITION
4 MHZ
REQUEST
6 MHZ
8
MHZ
STATION ID
: 987654321
PRIORITY 12 :MHZ
ROUTINE
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
6
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
OTHER: Special, private channels.
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER]
knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5-34
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
9. The display now looks something like the illustration below.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE:
POSITION
REQUEST
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: 123456789
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
10. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The
following display appears.
Position request
call in progress!
TO SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
11. After the call has been sent, the following display appears.
Waiting for pos
acknowledgment.
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
4M30S
12. One of the following messages appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears
after the time has counted down to zero, meaning there was no response from the party
called.)
Pos acknowledge
call received.
FROM SHIP :
123456789
ROUTINE
12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
POS :
STOP ALARM
Position acknowledge call received
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
123456789
DSC FREQ :
2177.0 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response
5-35
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
13. Do one of the following depending on the message displayed at step 12.
Acknowledge call received
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks as
below. You can now confirm position of other ship.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
FROM SHIP :
ROUTINE
12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
POS :
GO TO ALL VIEW
No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key.
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position
You may turn automatic acknowledge of position request on or off with POSITION CALL in
the AUTO ACK menu. For further details, see page 8-3.
Automatic reply
1. When another ship requests your position and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is
AUTO ACK and the setting of POSITION CALL on the Auto ack menu is ON, the
FS-1570/2570 transmits own position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.), showing
the display below.
Position auto acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP :
123456789
ROUTINE
POS: 35°30N 135°30E AT 23:54
DSC FREQ :
2177.0 KHZ
TIME TO GO :
7S
2. After the call is sent the audio alarm sounds and the display below appears.
Position auto acknowledge
call transmitted.
TO SHIP:
123456789
ROUTINE
POS: 35°30N 135°30E AT 23:54
STOP ALARM
5-36
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.
Xmitted message
**
**
MAR-23-2002-23:59:09
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE
TO SHIP : 987654321
ROUTINE
POS : 35°00N 135°00E AT 23:59
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
Manual reply
1. When a position request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is
MANUAL ACK, the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Position request
call received.
FROM SHIP:
ROUTINE
123456789
STOP ALARM
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
* Received message
*
ECC: OK
MAR-23-2002-23:00:01
POSITION REQUEST
FROM SHIP :
123456789
ROUTINE
3
4 ALL VIEW
ANSWER
3. To send your ship’s position, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then
push the [ENTER] knob. Your display should now look something like the one below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE: POSITION
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
POSITION: 35 00N 135 00E AT 23:01
DSC FREQ :
2M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-37
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
4. Confirm the position shown and then press the [CALL] to send the position data call
(transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). The display changes as below.
Pos acknowledge
call in progress!
TO SHIP : 123456789
ROUTINE
POS: 35˚00N 135˚00E AT 23:01
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
2177.0 KHZ
7S
5. The DSC standby screen automatically appears after the call is sent.
5.9 PSTN Call
The PSTN call allows the making and receiving of telephone calls over public switched
telephone networks. To use the PSTN call feature, use a handset which has a HOOK
ON/OFF function. The standard supply handset has this feature.
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ)
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
6
6
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.
Compose message
**
**
PSTN CALL
CALL TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
DSC FREQ
00000000
:12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5-38
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL NO. menu.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE:
PSTN CALL
COAST ID
TEL NO.
: 001234567
---------------:12M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO ALL VIEW
6. Enter telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose message
**
CALL TYPE
**
2: PSTN
MHz CALL
4: 123456789
MHz
6 MHz
8: 123456789012345
MHz
12 MHz
:12M-INTL
COAST ID
TEL NO.
6
DSC FREQ
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to scroll.
5
16 MHz
18 MHz
22 MHz
25 MHz
OTHER
OTHER: Special, private channel
GO TO ALL VIEW
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC
frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
message
**CALLCompose
**
TYPE : PSTN CALL
COAST ID : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
12M-INTL
GO TO ALL VIEW
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the PSTN call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows the following message.
PSTN request
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
7S
10. One of the following three displays appears. (“No response. Try calling again.” Appears
after timer counts down to zero and it means there was no response from the coast
station.)
5-39
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
Unable acknowledge
call received.
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
BUSY
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
12577.5 KHZ
25S
DSC FREQ
: 12577.5 KHZ
STOP ALARM
RE-SEND
11. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 10.
Waiting for acknowledgement
1) If the PSTN call is accepted, the PSTN connection call is sent (transmission time: about
seven seconds), showing the display below.
PSTN connection
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.0 KHZ
7S
2) After the call is sent the following messages appears.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
25S
3) Then, one of the following displays appears.
PSTN call connected.
PSTN end of call
in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
PSTN call connected
Note: Volume may be adjusted
in this condition. Rotate the
[ENTER] knob and the popup
window below appears.
Continue rotating to adjust
volume.
12577.5 KHZ
8S
VOL
PSTN end of call
4) Follow the instructions below depending on the message shown in 3) above.
PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; pick up the handset and communicate with
the party you called.
PSTN end of call in progress: This means channel could not be used. After the timer
counts down to zero repeat this procedure to re-send the call.
5-40
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
Unable acknowledge call received
1) The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the alarm.
The display shown below appears.
* Received message
ECC:*OK
MAR-23-2002-23:01
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
BUSY
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
2) Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen. Try the call again later.
No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5-41
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ)
1. The following display appears when a PSTN call is received when automatic
acknowledge is turned on.
Able acknowledge
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
4208.0 KHZ
8S
2. The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears.
Pick up the handset
or press CALL key.
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
4208.0 KHZ
60S
3. Pick up the handset or press the [CALL] key within one minute.
PSTN connection
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
4208.0 KHZ
7S
4. When the timer counts down to zero the following message appears.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
5-42
4208.0 KHZ
25S
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5. Shortly thereafter, one of the following messages appears.
PSTN call connected.
PSTN connection
call in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ
PSTN call connected
PSTN end of call
in progress!
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ
TIME TO GO:
25S
TIME TO GO:
7S
PSTN connection call in progress
PSTN end of call
6. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 5. Note that volume
can be adjusted in this condition. Rotate the [ENTER] knob and the VOL popup window
appears. Continue rotating to adjust volume.
PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; communicate with party.
PSTN connection call in progress!: If the channel assigned is appropriate, the message
“Waiting for acknowledgment.” appears. (If the channel cannot be used the message “PSTN
end of call in progress!” appears. In this case, start this procedure again.)
PSTN end of call in progress!: The channel could not be used. Press the [CANCEL]
key to return to the DSC standby screen.
5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(ship disconnects line)
1. After hanging up the handset or pressing the [CANCEL] key to complete your call, the
display shows the following message.
PSTN end of call
in progress!
TO COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
8S
2. After the call is sent, the following messages appears.
Waiting for
charge information.
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:
12577.5 KHZ
20S
3. When the timer counts down to zero one of the following displays appear.
Charge information
call received.
CHARGE TIME :
00H 12M 34S
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
No response!
charge information.
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
STOP ALARM
5-43
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
4. For “No response! charge information.”, the equipment reverts to step 2 in this
procedure to await charge information. For “Charge information call received.”, the
audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the audio
alarm. The display shown below appears.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC: OK
CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME :
00H 12M 34S
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(coast station disconnects line)
1. The PSTN line is disconnected by the coast station when it finds no evidence of
communications or the land subscriber hangs up. The coast station then sends charge
information as below.
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
2. For no charge information the display looks as below.
* Received messageECC:* OK
MAR-23-2002-23:59
CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME : NO INFO
FROM COAST : 001234567
TEL NO.
1234567890123456
GO TO ALL VIEW
5-44
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
5.10 Log File
Three log files are provided for storage of calls: received ordinary log, received distress log
and transmitted log. Each log file stores 50 calls, on a first-in, first-out basis. This means
that the latest call is saved as log no.1 and the log no. of all previous calls in that log
increments by one. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest call is deleted to
make room for the latest. An asterisk (*) marks unread or unacknowledged calls. Received
distress calls are automatically deleted 48 hours after being read.
5.10.1 Opening a log file
The procedure for opening a log is common to all logs. The example below shows how to
open the received distress log.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [LOG/TUNE] key to open the Log file menu.
WATCH KEEPING
Select log file AUTO ACK
DISTRESS
2187.5
6312.0
4207.5
RECEIVED
ORDINARY
16804.5
12577.0
8414.5
RECEIVED DISTRESS
ROUTINE
TRANSMITTED
2177.0
6331.0
4219.5
8436.5
16903.0
12657.0
35°00.000N
MANUAL
135°00.000E 23:59
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose desired log and push the [ENTER] knob. For
example, choose the RECEIVED DISTRESS log and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the log. Asterisk indicates unread message.
log
* Rcvd distress
*
DISTRESS
01.APR-10-19:58
02.APR-10-19:56
03.APR-10-13:45
04.APR-10-11:52
05.APR-10-11:43
06.MAR-22-21:18
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
*
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
log
* Rcvd distress
*
DISTRESS
*
Scroll with
the [ENTER]
knob.
45.MAR-01-23:45
46.FEB-28-19:56
47.FEB-28-19:48
48.FEB-28-19:44
49.FEB-21-12:36
50.FEB-17-12:34
OLD
OLD
NEW
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
3. To view the contents of a file, do the following:
a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL
DELETE
b) DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.
* Received message
ECC:*
OK
FEB-17-2002-12:34:56
DISTRESS CALL
SHIP IN DIST : 987654321
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
POS : 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ
TELEPHONE
ANSWER
ALL VIEW
5-45
5 CALLING, RECEIVING
4. To scroll the log up and down, use the [FILE/CURSOR] and [#/SETUP] keys,
respectively. Use [FILE/CURSOR] key to scroll forward; the [#/SETUP] to scroll
backward.
5. To print all files in the log selected, press the [8/PRINT] key.
6. To reply to an unanswered call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, press
the [ENTER] knob, and then press the [CALL] key.
7. To return to the log selected, press the [CANCEL] key.
Deleting files
1. Do steps 1-2 and 3a) in the previous procedure to choose the file you wish to delete.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then press the [ENTER] knob.
The log files are renumbered to reflect the deletion. Unread files cannot be deleted.
5.11 Erasing Message Files
The Erase file menu allows you to erase the entire contents of the received ordinary log,
received distress log, transmitted log and send message log.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob to display
the Erase file menu.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the item to erase and then push the [ENTER] knob.
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.
**** Erase file ****
RCVD ORDINARY LOG?
RCVD DISTRESS LOG?
TRANSMIT?
SEND MESSAGE?
5-46
To cancel, press [ENTER] knob or [CANCEL] key.
[ENTER]
knob
ERASE
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.
ARE YOU SURE?
YES NO
Item selected for erasure
appears in 2nd row.
To erase, select YES with
the [ENTER] knob and then
push the [ENTER] knob.
6
PREPARING TX CALLS
In Chapter 5 you learned how to prepare and send various types of DSC calls. In this
chapter you will learn how to prepare and store individual, PSTN, group, area and test
calls for future transmission. 150 calls can be stored.
.
6.1 Preparing Individual Calls
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
****
Setup menu
ALARM
AUTO ACK
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
PRINT OUT
****
SCAN FREQ
VOLUME
TEST
SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
: --------000000000
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of coast station or ship station with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
6-1
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE window.
entry
* Message: file
GROUP CALL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
TELEPHONE
: 012345678
: 001234567
NBDP-ARQ
: Routine
: TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
INDIVIDUAL
: 123456789
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
FREQUENCY
: NO
INFO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
POSITION*
* POSITION appears when
coast station ID is entered
in the field STATION ID.
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Call to coast station: NO INFO or POSITION.
Call to ship station: FREQUENCY or CHANNEL. Enter appropriate frequency or
channel, referring to page 5-6.
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
*
Message2file
entry
MHZ
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
4 MHZ
: INDIVIDUAL
6 MHZ
: 001234567
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INL
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to scroll.
OTHER: Special, private channels.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
14. Enter file name and number as shown on the next page.
6-2
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
How to Enter File Name and Number
1. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file name entry window.
* Message file entry
FILE NAME
: ---------------FILE NUMBER : --FILE ENTRY
2. Use the numeric keys and [ENTER] knob to enter file name (max. 16 characters).
For example, enter FURUNO as the file name. Push the [ENTER] knob after entering.
Key and available character, symbol
[1]
: 1→(blank)→1
[2ABC] : 2→A→B→C→2
[3DEF] : 3→D→E→F→3
[4GHI] : 4→G→H→I→4
[5JKL] : 5→J→K→L→5
[6MNO] : 6→M→N→O→6
[7PQRS] : 7→P→Q→R→S→7
[8TUV] : 8→T→U→V→8
[9WXYZ] : 9→W→X→Y→Z→9
[0]
: 0→_→ − →0
How to enter "FURUNO" as file name
1. Rotate [ENTER] knob to select location.
2. Press appropriate key.
1. Press the [3] key to display F.
2. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor.
3. Press the [8] key to select U.
4. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor.
5. Press the [7] key to select R.
6. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor.
7. Press the [8] key to select U.
8. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor.
9. Press the [6] key to select N.
10. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor.
11. Press the [6] key to select O.
12. Push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file number entry window. Key in file number in three
digits with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [0],
[1], [ENTER] knob to enter file number 001.
* Message file entry
Note: The available file number is 001-799 and
900-999.
FILE NAME
: FURUNO
FILE NUMBER : 001
--FILE ENTRY
4. Push the [ENTER] knob. The display shows the name and file number entered.
* Message file entry
FURUNO
No.001 file entered
Go to next file?
YES: [ENT] key
NO: [CANCEL] key
If the file name or number exists the message
"Duplicate name (number) ! Overwrite OK?" appears.
Push the [ENTER] knob to write over the name, or
press the [CANCEL] key to escape.
FILE ENTRY
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to continue.
6-3
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
6.2 Preparing Group Calls
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
Setup menu
****
****
ALARM
SCAN FREQ
AUTO ACK
ERASE
MESSAGE
POSITION
PRINT OUT
VOLUME
TEST
SYSTEM
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL
-------: 0000000000
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of group with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL
: 012345678
: TELEPHONE
: NO
INFO
NBDP-FEC
: 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.
6-4
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GROUP CALL
: 012345678
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
FREQUENCY
: NO
INFO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Enter frequency or channel. (See page 5-6 for details for how to enter frequency and
channel.)
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Message 2file
entry
MHZ
CALL TYPE
GROUP ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
4 MHZ
: INDIVIDUAL
6 MHZ
: 001234567
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
: NO INFO
:
2M-INTL
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
OTHER: Special, private channels.
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
13. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and
number.
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
AREA CALL
AREA : --˚N
00°N ---˚E
000°E ↓↓ --˚
00° →
→ -00°˚
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ : NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
6-5
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
6. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly
degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the
[1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the
[ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
AREA: 34°00N
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: GROUP CALL
135°00W ↓10° →10°
6
: TELEPHONE
: NO
INFO
NBDP-FEC
: 2M-INTL
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push
the [ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
AREA CALL
AREA : 34°00N 135°00E ↓ 10° → 10°
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
COM. TYPE
FREQUENCY
INFO
COM. FREQ : NO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER]
knob. Enter channel or frequency. (See page 5-6 for how to enter channel and
frequency.)
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
*
Message 2file
entry
MHZ
*
4 MHZ
CALL TYPE : AREA CALL
6 MHZ
°E ↓12°→ 10°
AREA : 34°00N 123
8 MHZ
COM. TYPE
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
COM. FREQ : NO INFO
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
OTHER: Private channels.
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
13. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and
number.
6-6
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP
CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
: PSTN CALL
: 000000000
0----------------------
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
6. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys then push the [ENTER]
knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL. NO. entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
PSTN CALL
: 001234567
: ----------------
DSC FREQ
: 2M-INTL
8. Key in telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
*
Rotate the [ENTER] knob
to scroll.
Message file
entry
2 MHZ
CALL TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
DSC FREQ
4 MHZ
PSTN
CALL
6 MHZ
001234567
8 MHZ
1234567890--12 MHZ
: 2M-INTL
TL
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ
OTHER
OTHER: Special, private channels.
6-7
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.
11. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and
number.
6.5 Preparing Test Calls
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL
CALL TYPE
STATION ID
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
: INDIVIDUAL
CALL
--------:PSTN
GROUP CALL
: TELEPHONE
AREA CALL
: NO INFO
TEST CALL
: 2M-INTL
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.
* Message file entry
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
DSC FREQ
: TEST
000000000
:
2187.5 KHZ
4
6. Enter coast ID where to send the test message and then push the [ENTER] knob.
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
file entry
* Message2187.5
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
DSC FREQ
: Test
4207.5
: 001234567
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
:
kHz
12577.0
16804.5
VIEW
KHZ
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
9. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and
number.
6-8
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls
Sending without modification
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message
file list. Below is an example of the send message file list.
Send message file *
*
001 - FURUNO JAPAN
002 - FURUNO USA
003 - FURUNO UK
004 - FURUNO DENMARK
005 - FURUNO NORWAY
006 - FURUNO SPAIN
6DOWN
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a file.
3. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.
Editing before sending
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message
file list.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL
DELETE
3. DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob. The message contents are shown on the
“Compose message” screen.
4. Edit the message as necessary.
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.
6-9
6 PREPARING TX CALLS
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message
file list.
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.
DETAIL
DELETE
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then push the [ENTER] knob.
Note: You may collectively erase all send message files. For details see paragraph 5.11.
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files
You can print a list of send message files as follows:
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key to open the Send message file list.
2. Press the [8/PRINT] key.
3. YES is selected; push the [ENTER] knob to print.
********** Send message file **********
001. FURUNO JAPAN
INDIVIDUAL CALL
002. FURUNO USA
INDIVIDUAL CALL
003. FURUNO UK
PSTN CALL
004. FURUNO DENMARK
GROUP CALL
005. FURUNO NORWAY
INDIVIDUAL CALL
006. FURUNO SPAIN
ALL SHIPS CALL
007. FURUNO FRANCE
INDIVIDUAL CALL
Note: Message not framed in actual printout.
6-10
7.
DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.1 Setting Alarms
The Alarm menu enables/disables internal and external alarms. Note that the
Distress/Urgency alarm cannot be disabled. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby
screen, choose ALARM and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Alarm menu.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
Disables/enables alarm for received Safety,
Ship's Business and Routine calls.
Note: Alarm for Distress and Urgency calls
Rotate
[ENTER]
cannot be disabled.
knob to choose.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
Disables/enables old position alarm in manual
position entry mode, which alerts the operator
when position data is older by the number of
hours or minutes set in the Position Older field.
AUTO ACK
DISTRESS
2187.5
6312.0
4207.5
16804.5
8414.5
12577.0
Warning:
ROUTINE
Update
position6331.0
2177.0
4219.5
8436.5
12657.0
16903.0
35˚00.000N 135˚00.000E 23:59
22
VOLUME
WATCH KEEPING
Alarm setup
****
***
INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM
RCVD CALL
OLD POSITION
POSITION OLDER
: ON
: ON
: 4.0 H
Message shown when manually
entered position is older than the
time set on the Alarm setup menu.
EXT ALARM : DSTRS/URG
Default: 4.0 hours
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
Alarm is output when position is older by the
number of hours set here.
Default: DSTRS/URG
Sets type of call to be output to the
DSTRS/URG
ROUTINE
Incoming Indicator IC-303-DSC.
ALL
OFF
DSTRS/URG: Distress or urgency
call output upon receipt.
ROUTINE:
Routine call output
upon receipt.
ALL:
All calls output.
OFF:
No output.
7-1
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.2 Auto Ack Menu
The Auto Ack menu enables/disables automatic acknowledgement of individual, position
and polling calls. Press the [#SETUP] key, choose AUTO ACK at the DSC standby screen
and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Auto Ack setup menu.
Comply type
Setting of
[5/ACQ /SQ] key
ABLE
UNABLE
AUTO ACK
Can send acknowledge
automatically
Can send UNABLE
automatically.
MANUAL ACK
Can send acknowledge
manually
Can send UNABLE manually.
Default: ABLE
UNABLE
ABLE
Choose ABLE or UNABLE as automatic
acknowledgement reply to Individual
calls.
Note: Automatic acknowledge is
automatically disabled when RX
call contains error, as required by
law. Further, automatic
acknowledge is disabled in case of
OFF HOOK.
Default: NO REASON
Rotate [ENTER]
NO REASON
BUSY
knob to choose
**
Auto ack setup
**
COMPLY TYPE
: ABLE
UNABLE REASON :
NO REASON GIVEN
POSITION CALL
POLLING CALL
: OFF
: ON
EQUIP DISABLE
MODE NOT USABLE
CH NOT USABLE
Sets reason for UNABLE.
Note: This menu is the same as manual
acknowledgement. EQUIPMENT
DISABLE is shown in calls when
EQUIP DISABLE is selected.
Default: ON
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key
OFF
ON
is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
position request.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
position request.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
7-2
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key
is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
polling request.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
polling request.
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.3 Printing Messages
The Print Out menu enables/disables automatic printing of all transmitted and received
calls and the results of the daily test. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen,
choose PRINT OUT and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Print Out menu.
Default: MANUAL
AUTO
MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print
transmitted calls.
* Print out setup *
Default: MANUAL
XMIT CALL : MANUAL
RCVD CALL : MANUAL
DAILY TEST : MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print
received calls.
AUTO
MANUAL
Default: MANUAL
AUTO
MANUAL
Select AUTO to automatically print
results of Daily Test.
Sample printouts
Printing can be done automatically or manually. For manual printing, press the [8/PRINT]
key. Note that calls having more than one page (for example, received calls) are printed
out in their entirety.
* Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *
FORMAT
SELF-IDENTITY
NATURE OF DISTRESS
DISTRESS COORDINATES
DISTRESS TELECOMMAND
END OF SEQUENCE
ERROR-CHECK
DSC FREQUENCY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
DISTRESS CALL
987654321
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
NO INFORMATION
J3E TELEPHONE
EOS
OK
TX: 2187.5 kHz
RX: 2187.5 kHz
* Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *
FORMAT
ADDRESS
CATEGORY
SELF-IDENTITY
1st TELECOMMAND
2nd TELECOMMAND
WORKING FREQUENCY
END OF SEQUENCE
ERROR-CHECK
DSC FREQUENCY
Sample Received Message Printout (Distress)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
INDIVIDUAL CALL
111660000
ROUTINE
987654321
J3E TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION
ACK. RQ
OK
TX: 2177.0 kHz
RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Received Message Printout (Individual)
*************** Send message *************
FORMAT
ADDRESS
CATEGORY
SELF-IDENTITY
1st TELECOMMAND
2nd TELECOMMAND
WORKING FREQUENCY
END OF SEQUENCE
DSC FREQUENCY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
INDIVIDUAL CALL
111660000
ROUTINE
987654321
J3E TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION
ACK. RQ
TX: 2177.0 kHz
RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Send Message Printout (Individual)
*Transmitted message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *
FORMAT
ADDRESS
CATEGORY
SELF-IDENTITY
1st TELECOMMAND
2nd TELECOMMAND
WORKING FREQUENCY
END OF SEQUENCE
DSC FREQUENCY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
INDIVIDUAL CALL
987654321
ROUTINE
111660000
J3E TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION
ACK. RQ
TX: 2177.0 kHz
RX: 2177.0 kHz
Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Individual)
Note: Messages are not framed in actual printouts.
7-3
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies
The Scan freq menu determines which DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan.
Follow the instructions below to select/deselect DSC routine and distress frequencies to
scan.
7.4.1 Distress frequencies
1. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen, choose SCAN FREQ and then
push the [ENTER] knob to display the SCAN FREQ menu.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*
ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 4M-INTL
F3 : 6M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the DISTRESS column.
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the
[ENTER] knob. For example, choose 4 MHz.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*
ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 2M-INTL
F3 : 4M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
OFF
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
[ENTER] knob.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen.
Note: Regulations require that 2 MHz and 8 MHz and one more DSC distress frequency
be watched continuously. These frequencies cannot be turned off. Maximum three
bands may be turned off.
7.4.2 Routine frequencies
1. Press the [#/SETUP] key, choose SCAN FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob to
display the Scan freq menu.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*
ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 4M-INTL
F3 : 6M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the
[ENTER] knob. For example, choose F1: 2 M-INTL.
7-4
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
Scan freq setup
**
*
ROUTINE
DISTRESS
OFF
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
: 22M-INTL
MHZ
: 42M-USR3
MHZ
: 64M-INTL
MHZ
: 88M-INTL
MHZ
: 16M-LCL1
: 25M-LCL2
6
2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M
:
:
:
:
:
:
FIXED
ON
ON
FIXED
ON
OFF
3. Push the [ENTER] knob, and the display looks something like the one below.
** Scan freq setup *
ROUTINE
DISTRESS
F1INTL
: 2M-INTL
2M2177.0
: FIXED
: T2189.5/R
4M : ON
F2 : 2M-USR3
6M2187.5
: ON
F3DIST
: 4M-INTL
: T 2187.5/R
8M : FIXED
F4 : 8M-INTL
12M : ON
F5 : 16M-LCL1
16M : OFF
F6 : 25M-LCL2
6
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency desired and then push the [ENTER]
knob.
INTL:
International channels
DIST:
Distress channels
LOCAL1/LOCAL2: Local channels
USER CH:
User channels
5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen.
Note: Distress frequencies can be stored on the routine frequency memory. This is
convenient for backing up the watch keeping receiver.
7-5
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP
7.5 Adjusting Volume
The Volume menu enables/disables key beep (acknowledges correct key input) and
adjusts the volume of the handset, ordinary alarm and distress/urgency alarm. Press the
[#/SETUP] key at the standby screen, choose VOLUME and then push the [ENTER] knob
to display the Volume setup menu.
Default: ON
OFF
ON
***
Volume setup
KEY CLICK
HANDSET
ORDINARY ALARM
DISTRESS ALARM
***
: ON
: 40
: 30
: 63
Turns on/off beep generated when
keyboard is operated.
Note: Do not confuse keyboard beep
(single beep) with ACK beep
(three beeps).
HANDSET
VOLUME (0~63)
3
4 40
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to set.
Sets volume of handset.
ORDINARY ALARM
VOLUME (0~63)
3
4
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to set.
30
Sets loudness of Safety, Ships Business, Routine
and Old Position alarms.
DISTRESS ALARM
VOLUME (38~63)
3
4 63
Rotate [ENTER] knob
to set.
Sets loudness of Distress and Urgency alarms.
7-6
8
NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.1 Turning on the NBDP System
Turn on the terminal unit and the printer with their respective power switches.
MAIN UNIT
POWER switch
Brilliance, Contrast Control
POWER
Switch
Floppy Disk Drive
PRINTER PP-510
Operating Lamp
POWER Switch
TERMINAL UNIT IB-581
Esc
F1
F2
F11
F12
~
`
F5
#
$
%
1
3
4
5 C
W
E
F7
F6
@
2
Q
Tab
F4
F3
!
R
F9
F8
^
& 7
6
7
T
*
(
8
Y
Num
Lock
F10
8
9
9
U 4
I
Prt Sc
Scroll
Lock
TER
S
D
F
G
H
J 1
0
+
-
O 6
5
K 2
{
:
+
}
]
"
;
Z
Shift
Fn
Ctrl
X
Alt
C
V
B
N
M 0
|
\
Enter
'
<
>
?
,
.
/
Alt
Backspace
=
P
L 3
Delete
Break
_
*
[
A
Caps Lock
Insert
Pause
SysRq
)
/
Shift
PgUp
Ctrl
Home
End
PgDn
KEYBOARD
Operating Lamp
Floppy Disk
Drive
POWER Switch
TERMINAL UNIT IB-583
NBDP terminal unit, printer and keyboard
Note 1: The Printer PP-510 prints messages. Refer to its operator’s manual for operating
information.
Note 2: When the NBDP controller has priority the radiotelephone displays “OCCUPIED
(NBDP).” At this time the volume of the speaker may be adjusted by rotating the
[ENTER] knob and observing the VOL indicator on the radiotelephone.
VOL
8-1
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.2 Description of Equipment
8.2.1 Terminal unit
The terminal unit is a visual display incorporating a floppy disk drive, which provides for
storage of files on floppy disks. Two models are available, IB-581 (monochrome) and IB-583
(color). Controls for power and adjustment of display brilliance and contrast are provided on
the front panel of the IB-581. To adjust the brilliance on the IB-583, press [Alt] while
pressing [F6] to lower the brilliance; [F7] to raise it. (The IB-583 does not have a control for
adjustment of contrast.) Eight levels of brilliance are available.
When the terminal unit is turned on, the communication status display, shown below,
appears. This is where all phases of telex communications begin.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-10-15 2:26:45 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
Frequency (T/R) :
/
(kHz) Comm Mode :
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume :
(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display
Features of the IB-583
The IB-583 is fitted with both English and Russian interface. Choose desired interface as
below:
English: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [E] key.
Russian: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [R] key.
The IB-583 has a battery (type CR2450-F2ST2L, code no. 000-144-941) on its TERM/CPU
Board (16P0209) and its life is about six years. When the voltage of the battery is low, the
time will be slow. When this occurs, contact your dealer about replacement of the battery.
8-2
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.2.2 Keyboard
The terminal unit is operated from the keyboard, and is almost 100% keyboard controlled.
Operation is simplified by the use of menus which you access by pressing a function key,
labeled F1-F10 at the top of the keyboard. The figure below shows the function menus and
their corresponding function keys.
FILE EDIT OPERATE WINDOW STATION SYSTEM WRU HR OVER BREAK
Esc
F1
F2
F11
F12
~
`
F5
F7
F6
F9
F8
!
@
#
$
%
^
& 7
*
1
2
3
4
5 C
6
7
8
Q
Tab
F4
F3
W
A
Caps Lock
E
S
R
D
T
F
Y
G
(
8
9
9
U 4
H
Num
Lock
F10
I
J 1
Prt Sc
Scroll
Lock
)
*
O 6
K 2
_
+
-
=
P
L 3
:
Z
X
C
V
B
N
M 0
<
,
Fn
Ctrl
Alt
Alt
Backspace
{
}
|
[
]
\
+
"
;
Shift
Delete
Break
0
5
Insert
Pause
SysRq
Enter
'
>
?
.
/
/
Shift
PgUp
Ctrl
Home
End
PgDn
Keyboard
Note: C (Euro mark) on
%
5 C
key is not used.
8-3
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation
The function keys at the top of the keyboard control most operations of this unit through a
menu system.
8.3.1 Menu conventions
Inverse video
As you move the cursor down through a menu, a selected item, initially shown as white on
black (monochrome display), inverses to black on white. This highlighting indicates that it is
available for selection.
Underline
The underline shows current selection. In the figure below, for example, the underline is
beneath "Receive."
Station Entry
Station List
Create
Change
Station Set Up
Station : _
ID Code :
Mode
: ARQ FEC
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable
Num/Table:
Inverse Video
Underline
Station entry screen IB-581
Note: The example display screens shown in this manual are taken from the IB-581. The
screens of the IB-583 are nearly identical to those of the IB-581 except cursor
configuration.
Cursor
8-4
IB-581
IB-583
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.3.2 Menu overview
Selecting menus
Press appropriate function key to open a menu. To display the File menu, for example,
press the function key [F1].
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format
File menu
Selecting menu items and options
Menu items can be selected by pressing appropriate numeric key or selecting item desired
with the arrow keys and pressing the [Enter] key. Menu options can be selected by
operating the [←] or [→] keys. After selecting option desired, press the [Enter] key to
register your selection and close the menu.
8-5
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
8.3.3 Function key description
Function key [F1]: File menu
The File menu is where you will create, open, save and print telex messages. Floppy disks
are also formatted from this menu.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format
File menu
1: New
Opens a new untitled window.
2: Open
Opens files.
3: Close
Closes files.
4: Delete
Deletes files.
5: Rename
Renames files.
6: Real Time Printing
Turns real time printing on/off.
7: File to Print
Prints files.
8: Cancel Printing
Stops printing.
9: Clear Buffer
Clears the communications buffer.
0: Floppy Disk Format
Formats a floppy disk.
Function key [F2]: Edit menu
The Edit menu provides a full line of editing features.
8-6
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text
Edit menu
1: Undo
Cancels the last change (cut, copy or paste).
2: Cut
Removes the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous
text in the paste buffer is cleared.)
3: Copy
Copies the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text
in the paste buffer is cleared.)
4: Paste
Inserts the text stored in the paste buffer at the current location of the
cursor.
5: Select All
Selects the entire current file for cut or copy.
6: Search
Searches a file for a character string.
7: Replace
Replaces a word with a different word or character string.
8: Goto Top
Brings the cursor to the top line of the current file.
9: Goto Bottom
Brings the cursor to last line of the current file.
0: Goto Line
Moves the cursor to the desired line in the current file.
A: Change Text
Switches between the display window 1 and 2.
8-7
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Function key [F3]: Operate menu
The Operate menu mainly controls transmitting and receiving.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
Operate menu
1: Call Station
Chooses a station from the station list.
2: Macro Operation
Enables macro operation. For details, see paragraph 11.10.
3: File to Send
Selects a file (to transmit).
4: Cancel Sending
Stops sending a file.
5: Scan Start/Stop
Starts/stops frequency scanning.
6: Manual Reception
Selects communication mode for reception; AUTO, ARQ, FEC
DIRC.
7: Timer Operation
Timer programming.
8: Manual Calling
Sets TX mode and subscriber's ID number in manual calling.
9: Set Frequency
Sets TX and RX frequencies in manual calling.
8-8
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Function key [F4]: Window menu
The Window menu lets you display the corresponding data of the window below.
Window
1: Calendar
2: Distress Frequency Table
Window menu
1: Calendar
Displays desired calendar month and year. To change
year or month, choose item with [↑] or [↓] key and change
setting with [←] or [→] key.
2: Distress Frequency Table
Displays all distress frequencies.
Distress Frequencies
Telephone (kHz): 2182.0 4125.0 6215.0 8291.0
12290.0
16420.0
NBDP
(kHz) : 2174.5
4177.5
6268.0
8376.5
12520.0
16695.0
DSC
(kHz) : 2187.5
4207.5
6312.0
8414.5
12577.0
16804.5
8-9
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Function key [F5]: Station menu
The Station menu provides for storage of stations, timer program setup, user channel
setup, and entry of various ID codes.
Station
1: Station Entry
2: Timer Operation Entry
3: Scan Entry
4: User Channel Entry
5: Answerback Code Entry
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)
Station menu
1: Station Entry
Registers stations.
2: Timer Operation Entry
Registers timer programs.
3: Scan Entry
Creates scan groups for scanning.
4: User Channel Entry
Registers user channels.
5: Answerback Code Entry
Registers own ship's answerback code.
6: Group ID Entry
Registers own ship's group ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
7: Group ID Entry
Registers own ship's group ID codes (9 digit).
8: Select ID Entry
Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
9: Select ID Entry
Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).
8-10
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Function key [F6]: System menu
The System menu is mainly for use by technicians and contains diagnostic tests. To
change settings, choose “Change” from the item “Setup” and operate arrow keys to
choose item and option. Press the [Enter] key to register selection and close the menu.
System
Lock Change Default
Setup
Slave Delay
8 msec (0- 50 msec)
TX/RX MSG Save
Edit Before sending
OFF O N
OFF O N
Time System
Time & Date
Display Mode*
Self Test
OFF UTC SMT JST
2002/10/16 10:00:00
Normal Reverse
* = "Window Color" shown on IB-583.
System menu
Locks, changes settings; restores default system settings.
Setup
Slave Delay
Sets the length of the slave delay timing from the end of RX to
the start of TX in the ARQ mode. The default setting is suitable in
most cases. This item cannot be adjusted by the user.
ARQ mode
signal
sequence
3 char. RX
3 char. RX
Slave Delay Timing
RX end
ACK signal
TX start
TX/RX MSG Save
Turn on to automatically save incoming and outgoing messages
to a floppy disk. “Log” appears at the top of the screen when on.
Edit Before sending
"OFF" transmits keying operation one by one. "ON" transmits
message only when the [Enter] key is pressed after confirming
text typed.
Time System
Chooses time system. SMT is local time and JST is Japan
standard time.
Time & Date
Enter date and time manually. If a navigation device is connected,
the time is automatically set when the power is turned on or
whenever the time system is switched. Manual entry takes
priority over automatic entry. This item cannot be adjusted when
using JST or UTC.
Display Mode (IB-581) Selects display mode to normal and reverse alternately.
8-11
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Window Color (IB-583) Chooses display colors. To change display colors:
1. Choose the option Change from Setup.
2. Press the [↓] key to choose Window Color and press the
[Enter] key.
Window Color Change
Window Color Setup
Default Color
To Change: ENTER To quit: ESC
3. The cursor is choosing Window Color Setup; press the
[Enter] key.
Window Color Setup
Window
: Base Window
Fore Color : L_WHITE
Back Color : BLUE
To Change: ENTER
To Change Value: L<=>R
4. Press the [→] key to choose the item to change: BASE
WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB
MENU 1-3, MESSAGE.
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Fore Color.
6. Press the [→] key to choose color: L-WHITE, BLACK, BLUE,
GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, WHITE, GRAY,
L-BLUE, L-GREEN, L-CYAN, L-RED, MAGENTA, YELLOW.
7. Press the [↓] key to choose Back Color.
8. Press the [→] key to choose color.
9. Press the [↑] key to choose Window.
10. Repeat the step 4 to 9 to set other colors.
11. Press the [Enter] key followed by the [Esc] key.
Self Test:
Starts diagnostic test.
Function key [F7]: WRU (Who Are You?): In the ARQ mode, requests other station's
answerback code.
Function key [F8]: HR (Here Is): In the ARQ mode, sends your ship's answerback code.
Function key [F9]: OVER: In the ARQ mode, switches the direction of traffic; the
information receiving station becomes the information sending station, the information
sending station becomes the information receiving station.
8-12
9
NBDP PREPARATIONS
This chapter provides the procedures necessary for preparing the NBDP Terminal Unit for
transmitting and receiving. For automatic telex, you will need to register the following:
•
•
•
•
•
Your ship's ID and answerback codes
Stations
Timer programs
Scan channel groups
User channels
9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes
Enter your ship's answerback code and ID codes as shown below.
Note: The answerback and ID codes cannot be changed once entered; be sure to enter the
codes correctly.
9.1.1 Registering answerback code
1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [5] key. The display should look something like
the illustration below.
Answerback Code Entry
Answerback Code
_
Answerback code entry screen
2. Enter your ship's answerback code (max. 20 characters, including spaces) and press the
[Enter] key. The prompt “OK/Cancel” asks for verification of data. If the code is correct,
press the [Enter] key again.
Note: Example of answerback code: 12345789 FURU X.
9-1
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Answerback Code Entry
Answerback Code
O K
123456789 FURU X
Cancel
Caution
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.
Message for confirmation of code entered
3. If the code is correct, press the [Enter] key again.
9.1.2 Registering ID codes
1. Press function key [F5] and then the [6], [7], [8] or [9] key to enter the Group ID Code (4
or 5 digits), Group ID Code (9 digits), Select ID Code (4 or 5 digits) or Select ID Code (9
digits), respectively.
Select ID Entry
Select ID Code (4/5)
_
ID code screen
2. Enter Group ID or Select ID as appropriate and then press the [Enter] key. A prompt
asks you to verify data. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key.
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Select ID Entry
Select ID Code (4/5)
12345
O
K
Cancel
Caution
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.
Message for confirmation of code entered
3. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key again.
9.2 Station List
The station list provides for storage of up to 50 stations, one frequency pair (RX and TX)
per station. For stations which have more than one frequency pair, you might add a suffix
9-2
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
to the station name to denote multiple frequency pairs. For example, station name
FURUNO followed by -1, -2, -3, etc. for each frequency pair required.
9.2.1 Registering stations
1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [1] key to show the Station Entry screen.
Station Entry
Station List
Create
Change
Station Set Up
Station : _
ID Code :
Mode
: ARQ FEC
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable
Num/Table:
Station entry screen
2. On the right-hand side of the screen, Create and Change are shown and Create
should be underlined. If it is not, underline it by pressing [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key.
3. The cursor is now choosing Station. Enter station name, using up to 18 characters.
4. Press the [↓] key to choose ID Code. Enter station ID code.
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Mode. Choose communication mode with [←] or [→]
among the following:
ARQ: Automatic Retransmission Request
FEC: Forward Error Correction
6. Press the [↓] key to choose CH/Table. Choose ScanTable or Channel as appropriate.
7. Press the [↓] key to choose Num/Table.
9-3
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
8. If you selected "Channel" at step 6, enter ITU channel number (see Appendix) or User
channel number.
If you selected "ScanTable" at step 6, press the [→] key to show scan group list registered.
For scan group, refer to paragraph 9.5. Choose a scan group name by using the [↓] or [↑]
key followed by pressing the [Enter] key.
Scanning Group List
INTREPID
VOYAGER
▼
GLOBAL
Scanning group list
9. Press the [Enter] key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data.
O
K
Cancel
OK/Cancel prompt
10. If the data are correct, press the [Enter] key. (To cancel entry, place the cursor on
Cancel by pressing the [↓] key, and then hit the [Enter] key. Data entered are erased.)
The station name entered at step 3 appears at the Station List window.
11. To register other stations, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3 through
10.
12. Press the [↓] key. Check data on the Station List for correctness. Stations displayed in
reverse video on the Station List are displayed on Station Set Up.
13. Press the [ESC] key to quit.
Note 1: If you enter a station which already exists, the indication "Station by that name
already exists. Press any key to escape." appears. Press any key to return to the
Station List. Check the list.
Note 2: If you enter an invalid code, the message “Input Error. (ID Code) Press any key to
escape.” appears. Press any key and reenter ID code.
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the function key [F5] and then the [1] key.
Press the [↓] key to choose a station name from the Station List.
Press the [→] key followed by [↓] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
Do one of the following;
Edit station:
Use [↑], [↓] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections.
Delete station: Erase station name with the [Backspace] key.
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.
6. Press the [Esc] key.
9-4
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
9.3 Timer Programming
A built-in timer allows you to automatically receive and transmit files. 10 timer programs
can be registered.
9.3.1 Registering timer programs
1. Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key to display the Timer Operation Entry screen.
Timer Operation Entry
Timer Operation List
Create
Change
Timer Operation Set Up
Operation
Station
Start Time
Stop Time
Receive/Send
File to Send
: _
:
: 0: 00: 00
: 0: 00: 00
: Receive Send
:
Press [→] to show station list, file list.
Timer operation entry screen
2. If Create is not underlined, press [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
3. Operation is selected. Enter a suitable operation name on the Operation line. Any
alphanumeric characters may be used.
Note: If the operation name entered already exists, the display “Operation name
already exists. Press any key to escape.” Press any key and change the
operation name.
4. Press the [↓] key to choose Station. Press the [→] key to display the Station List (which
you registered stations in the previous paragraph.) Choose a station and press the
[Enter] key.
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Start Time. Enter start time, in 24-hour notation. To have
the operation start at 8:35 a. m., for example, the keying sequence would be;
[0] [8] [3] [5] [0] [0]
6. Press the [↓] key to choose Stop Time. Enter stop time, in 24-hour notation.
7. Press the [↓] key to choose Receive/Send. Choose operation category; Receive or
Send. If you have chosen “Send,” go to step 8. For “Receive,” go to step 9.
8. For send, insert the floppy disk which you want to send in the floppy drive, press the [↓]
key to choose File to Send, press the [→] key to display the TX window, choose a file,
and press the [Enter] key.
9. Press the [Enter] key.
10. Press the [Enter] key. The operation name appears in the Timer Operation List.
Note: If the station name entered has not been registered, the display shows
“Operation name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Press any key and
change operation name.
9-5
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
11. To enter another timer program, press the [Enter] key twice and the repeat steps 3-10.
12. Press the [Esc] key to finish.
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key.
Choose a timer program name from the Timer Operation List.
Press the [→] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
Do one of the following;
Edit program:
Use [↑], [↓] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections.
Delete program: Erase operation name with the [Backspace] key.
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.
6. Press the [Esc] key.
9.4 User Channels
The user channel list provides storage for up to 100 user channels, numbered 0-99. Note
that user channels may be used in channel scanning.
9.4.1 Registering user channels
1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [4] key to show the User Channel Entry
screen.
User Channel Entry
Channel List
Create
Change
Channel Set Up
Channel
Tx Freq
Rx Freq
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
: _
:
:
0.00
0.00
User channel entry screen
If Create is not underlined, press [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
Channel is selected. Enter channel number. (100 channels may be registered. When
you attempt to register more, the message “Channel memory is full. Press any key to
escape.” appears. In this case delete unnecessary channels to register new ones.)
Press the [↓] key to choose “Tx Freq.” Enter TX frequency.
Press the [↓] key to choose “Rx Freq.” Enter RX frequency.
Press the [Enter] key. The”OK/Cancel” confirmation window appears.
Press the [Enter] key. Channel number entered appears in the Channel List. (If the
channel entered already exists, the message “Channel by that number already exists.
Press any key to escape.” appears. Press any key and then reenter number.)
9-6
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
8. To quit, press the [Esc] key.
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press function key [F5] and then the [4] key.
Press the [↑] or [↓] key to choose channel from the Channel List.
Press [→] and [↓] keys to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
Do one of the following:
Edit channel:
Use [↑], [↓] and the [Backspace] key to make modifications.
Delete channel: Erase channel number with the [Backspace] key.
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.
6. Press the [Esc] key.
9.5 Scan Channel Groups
You may store up to 10 scan groups, 20 channels per group. Note that scanning is only
possible in the ARQ and FEC-collective modes.
The NBDP Terminal Unit can automatically control radio equipment through channel
scanning. The radio equipment scans a number of channels (according to your selection),
stopping when an incoming signal is found. In the ARQ mode it stops when your own ID
code is detected in an incoming signal. Also, in the ARQ mode, the transmitter is then
tuned to the corresponding transmitter frequency, the communication link is established
and the traffic is automatically exchanged. Scanning resumes once the link is
disconnected.
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups
You may register ITU and user scan channels as follows:
1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [3] key to display the Scan Entry screen.
Scan Entry
Scanning Group List
Create
Change
Scanning Set Up
Group Name
Ch Dwell Time
Mode
Auto Search
No
0
1
2
3
4
▼5
Channel
:
:
:
:
_
4.5 sec (2.7-4.5 sec)
AUTO ARQ FEC
OFF ON
Rx Freq
Tx Freq
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Scan entry screen
2. If Create is not underlined, press [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key to underline it.
9-7
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS
3. Group Name is selected. Enter suitable group name. (10 group names may be entered.
If you attempt to enter more the message “Scan group memory is full. Press any key to
escape.” appears. Press any key and then delete unnecessary group names to enter
new ones.)
4. Press the [↓] key to choose CH Dwell Time. Enter channel dwell time in seconds. Dwell
time is the time in seconds the receiver waits on each channel in a scan group before it
selects the next frequency.
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Mode, and then choose the communication mode; AUTO,
ARQ or FEC.
Note: AUTO is used to register scanning channel group when both ARQ and FEC
exist in the same Scanning Channel Group. When you choose scan group by
the call station menu, set Mode to FEC. See paragraph 11.3.
6. Press the [↓] key to choose Auto Search. Choose Auto Search to ON or OFF.
Auto Search ON: The radio stops scanning when it finds the strongest signal (highest
S/N ratio). To find the strongest signal, the radio scans all channels,
which may take some time. Therefore, use this setting where signal
propagation is poor.
Auto Search OFF: The radio stops scanning on the first signal it finds. We recommend
that you set Auto Search to OFF when signal propagation is good.
7. Press the [↓] key to choose line no. 1 in the Scanning Set Up window. Enter channel
number (ITU or user channels) and press the [→] key to choose "Scan.” (If you enter
an invalid channel, the message “ Channel by that name does not exist. Press any key
to escape.” appears. Press any key and reenter channel.)
8. Press the [↓] key to choose line No. 2. Enter channel number.
9. Enter other channel numbers and then press the [Enter] key. A confirmation message
appears.
10. Press the [Enter] key again to save the data. The group name is displayed in the
Scanning Group List window. (If the group name alredy exists, the message “Scan
group by that name already exists. Press any key to escape.” appears. Press any key
and change the scan group name.)
11. To continue, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3-10.
12. Press the [Esc] key to quit.
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups
1. Press the function key [F5] and the [3] key. Choose scan group name from the
Scanning Group List.
2. Press the [→] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.
3. Press the [↓] key to place the cursor on the field (channel) to change.
4. Do one of the following:
Editing channels:
Press the [Backspace] key to delete the channel
number and then enter new channel number.
Adding channels:
Enter channel number on a blank line.
Deleting channels:
Delete group name with the [Backspace] key.
Disabling channels temporarily: Press the [←] key to underline Pass.
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.
9-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
This chapter mainly describes how to create, save, open, edit and print files. The Edit menu
provides a full lineup of editing facilities, including search and replace.
10.1 Opening and Closing Files
To create a telex message you will need to make a new file, which you do with the File
Open command. When you open a new file it is placed (opened) in one of two working
areas. When both working areas are occupied you must close a file to open a new file. This
is done with the File Close command.
Floppy Disk Memory
File 1
1
File 2
2
One of
two
Display Unit's
Memory
(Working area)
File 3
Display
Switchable from
"Change Text" on
Edit menu
How a file is opened
10.2 Creating Files
1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format
File menu
2. Press the [1] key to choose New. The title bar shows UNTITLED 1 or UNTITLED 2. The
cursor marks the location where you may type text.
10-1
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window
appears. See paragraph 10.3.2 below. In this case, choose Yes or No and press
the [Enter] key to close an open file in order to open another file.
3. Type your message.
Note: Do not use lower case letters, or the symbols #, &, *, $ and % in telex messages.
Also, do not put “$$$” in the middle of a TX message, but at the end. The
communication line is automatically disconnected when this string is detected.
10-2
10.3 Saving a File
Use only 2HD type floppy disks. Insert floppy disk with care. Rough handling can destroy
the information stored inside. To eject a disk, press the eject button on the right side of the
floppy disk drive and then remove the disk. Do not eject a disk while the operating lamp is
lit; the contents of the disk may become damaged.
Hole opened: Write protect
Write-protect Tab
Write-Protect Tab
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks
Before you can save a file to a floppy disk, the disk must be formatted. Formatting prepares
the disk for use in the system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press function key [F1]. For the IB-583, insert a new floppy disk in the disk drive.
Press the [0] key to choose Floppy Disk Format.
Press the [↑] key to choose Yes.
Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-581, insert a new floppy disk in the drive.
Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-583, the screen shows formatting progress as below.
Floppy Disk Format
9%
6. After the formatting has been completed, the following occurs:
IB-581: You are asked “Format another (Y/N)?” Press [N] and [Enter] to quit.
IB-583: Control is returned to the DSC standby screen.
10-3
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
10.3.2 Saving a file
1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.
2. Press the [3] key. The screen should look something like the illustration at right.
Close Text
Save file ?
( UNTITLED1
Yes
)
No
Close text screen
3. Yes is selected; press the [Enter] key. Enter file name, using up to eight characters.
You may use any alphabet or numeric on the keyboard. But you may not use the symbols
shown below. You may add an extension at the end of the file name, for example, .TXT, to
distinguish text files from macro files.
/ " ∗ + , / : ; < = > ? [ ] | space
4. Press the [Enter] key.
10-4
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
10.4 Editing Files
10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text
You can delete, move and copy text by using the Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the Edit
menu.
Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text
Edit menu
Cutting text
1. Place the cursor on the first character of the text to be cut.
2. Highlight the text to be cut by pressing and holding the [Shift] key while pressing the [→].
If you highlight text which you do not want to cut, press the [←] to adjust the highlight.
<[1]UNTITLED1>
CONGULATULATION ON YOUR CHOICE OF DP-6
INMARSAT B MOBILE EARTH STATION.
WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT YOU WILL ENJOY MANY YEARS OF
OPERATION WITH THIS FINE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT
The highlight
3. Press the function key [F2] and the [2] key, or the [Delete] key. The highlighted text is cut
and the remaining text is reformatted.
If you make a mistake, you can restore the text by immediately selecting Undo from the Edit
menu.
Pasting text
To paste the cut text to a new location, do the following:
1. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the cut text is to start.
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key, or the [Insert] key.
10-5
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text
You may copy a portion of text and paste it elsewhere.
1. Choose the text to copy. (See “cutting text" above for the procedure.)
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key.
The text selected is copied to the paste buffer memory where the cut or copied text is stored.
The display returns to the normal screen.
3. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the copied text is to start.
4. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key.
10.4.3 Select all
The Select All feature lets you select all of the file currently displayed. This feature can be
useful when you want to combine files. The procedure below explains how to place the file
loaded in working area 1 onto the end of the file loaded in working area 2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Load the file to be copied from a floppy disk in working area 1.
Press the function key [F2] and the [5] key. The entire file appears in inverse video.
Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key. The file is placed in the paste buffer memory.
Load the file to be combined in working area 2.
Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the text now in the paste buffer
memory is to start and press the [Insert] key.
Working
Area 1
1 Open
Paste
Buffer
Memory
2
Transfer
(copy)
Holds cut or
copied text
file
Floppy
Disk
Open
3 file
Working
Area 2
4
Paste (Combine)
Copy and paste flow diagram
10.4.4 Searching text
The Search feature lets you search for text in a forward or backward direction.
1. Display a text and press the function key [F2] and the [6] key. The Search display
appears.
Search
Dir
Forward
Search string :
Backward
ESC: quit
Search screen
10-6
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
2. Type the word you want to find. Use the Choose Forward or Backward to search the file
in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. Press the
[Enter] key to begin the search.
When the unit finds the word, the cursor stops at the first character of the word. Press the
[Enter] key to continue the search. If the string could not be found, the message “Not Found
(To quit: ESC)” appears. Press the [Esc] key to quit.
10.4.5 Replacing text
The Replace feature helps you replace every occurrence of a word or phase with another
word or phase in a file.
1. Press the function key [F2] and the [7] key. The Replace display appears.
Replace
Dir
Search string :
Forward
Forward
--------------Replace with :
Backward
Mode
Query
All
To quit: ESC
Replace screen
2. Type the word you want to replace on the "Search string" line.
3. Press the [↓] key to choose "Replace with." Type the new word.
4. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or
backward direction respectively from the cursor position.
5. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose whether you want to be queried or not each time the
word is found.
Query: Stop at each occurrence of word to answer yes or no to replacement.
All:
Replace every occurrence of word without stopping to confirm.
6. Press the [Enter] key to start the replacement.
10.4.6 Goto line
The Goto line feature places the cursor at the head of a line desired.
1. Press the function key [F2] and the [0] key. The following display appears.
Goto Line
Jump to Line No. :
Goto line screen
2. Key in line number and press the [Enter] key. The cursor shifts to the head of the line
selected.
10-7
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom
You can easily go to the top or bottom line of a file. Press [F2], [8] to go to the top line; press
[F2], [9] to go to the bottom line. Note that this feature can also be executed on the editor
screen by pressing the [Home] key while pressing the [Fn] key.
10.5 Opening Files
Two working areas (called working area 1 and working area 2) are provided to which you
can load a file, and one file may be displayed on the LCD.
10.5.1 Opening a file
1. Insert the floppy disk which contains the file you want to open.
2. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.
3. Press the [2] key. A chronological list of files on the floppy disk appears.
Open Text
Load/Merge(TAB:Change)
[B:\TEST1.
]
File name
Size
Date & Time
LOG File
52
02-10-15 17:25
TEST1.
120
02-10-15 16:30
TEST2.
151
02-10-15 9:25
TEST3.
180
02-10-15 20:16
NBDP
169
02-10-15 6:23
[
End of Directory
4 Files exist
To select : ENTER
]
1454000 bytes free
To view : SPACE
To quit : ESC
4. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose a file.
5. Press the [Enter] key.
The file appears and the title bar shows the file name. You may repeat this procedure to
load another file into a working area.
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears.
In this case, choose Yes or No and press the [Enter] key to close an open file in order
to open another file.
10.5.2 Switching between files
Two files can be opened and one displayed on the LCD. To switch between files do the
following:
1. Press the function key [F2].
2. Press the [A] key to switch between files.
10-8
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
10.6 Renaming Files
To rename a file, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Press the function key [F1].
Press the [5] key.
Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key.
Enter a new name.
Press the [Enter] key.
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name
You may save a file under a new name as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Open a file.
Edit the file as necessary.
Press the function key [F1].
Press the [3] key to save the file.
Press the [Y] key.
Press the [Backspace] key to erase the original name and then enter a new name.
Press the [Enter] key.
10.8 Deleting Files
Insert appropriate floppy disk in the drive and do the following to delete unnecessary files.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the function key [F1].
Press the [4] key.
Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose the file to delete and then press the [Enter] key.
Press the [Enter] key again. (To cancel, press the [↓] key to select NO followed by the
[Enter] key.)
10.9 Real Time Printing
An incoming or outgoing message can be printed out while it is being received or
transmitted.
1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.
2. Press the [6] key to turn real time printing on/off.
“Print” appears in reverse video at the top of the display.
10-9
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS
10.10 Printing Files
You can print files stored on floppy disks as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the function key [F1].
Press the [7] key.
Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key.
Press the [Y] key.
To stop printing at any time, press [F1] and [8] keys.
If the file could not be printed, "Cannot print. Check connection between printer and terminal.
Press any key to escape." is displayed.
10-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING,
RECEIVING
This chapter mainly shows you how to transmit and receive telex messages.
11.1 Manual Calling
NOTICE
Before calling, watch the intended TX
frequency carefully to confirm that is
unoccupied.
The simplest way to communicate with a telex subscriber is Manual Calling. For the ARQ
mode, you may display beforehand the message to send, or type your message manually.
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
Operate menu
2. Press the [9] key to choose Set Frequency.
Set Frequency
Tx Freq:
0.00
RX Freq:
0.00
Set frequency screen
3. Input Tx and Rx frequency pair.
4. Press the [Enter] key.
5. Press the function key [F3] again and then the [8] key to choose Manual Calling. The
following screen appears.
11-1
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Manual Calling
Mode : ARQ FEC
ID
:
Manual calling screen
6. Use the [←] or [→] key to choose appropriate communication mode.
7. Press the [↓] key and input party's ID number.
8. Press the [Enter] key to connect the communication line. “Channel Busy Check”
appears to inform you that the equipment is checking if the line is busy. If the line is
free, “Connect”, “Send” and “Lock” appear in highlight as below. Further, “HT” (High
Tension) also appears when the line is connected.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
HT
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
For ARQ mode, go to step 9. For FEC mode, type your message and go to step 13.
9. Press the function key [F7] (WRU). The party's answerback code appears on the
screen.
Note: Step 9 and 10 are needed for ship-to-ship calling only.
10. Press the function key [F8] (HR). Your ship's answerback code is sent to the party.
11. Press the [Enter] key and type your message.
12. If you want to receive other party's response, press the function key [F9] (Over).
13. Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11-2
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation
In ARQ operation, one station (information sending station) sends data to another block by
block, then listens for the acknowledge signal between blocks from the information
receiving station which requests either the next block or retransmission of the last block if
there is error. The request may be repeated up to 32 times, until the complete block is
received free of error.
Establishing connection
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
2. Press the [1] key to choose Call Station.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-01-15 14:41:09 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
: CHOUSHI-8M
Call Station Comm Mode :AQW
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz)
Comm Status
: Connect
Mark Space
Station
ListSend Lock Error Station
Setup
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Station : ABC-4M
ABC-4M
ID Code : 45678
ABC-6M
Mode
: ARQ FEC
ABC-12M
CH/Table : Channel Scantable
ABC-8M
Num/Table:
FURUNO
Call Station menu
3. Choose a station. (Station must be registered for use in the ARQ mode). Press the
[Enter] key. The message "Calling Station" appears. If the message "Station calling
suspended. Check radio and interconnections. Press any key to escape." appears,
check both the power of the radiotelephone and the connections between the
radiotelephone and the NBDP Terminal Unit.
4. When an acknowledge signal is detected, "Connect" appears in reverse video on the
communication status display (see below).
Note: If signal conditions are poor, connection may take a while. If the line could not
be connected in one minute, calling stops and "Calling failed" appears. Try step
3 again, one minute later. Should signal conditions worsen during message
transmission, "Error" appears in reverse video and 30 seconds later the line is
disconnected.
11-3
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
5. Transmit message by one of the following methods:
Sending a file stored on a floppy disk
a) Press the function key [F7] (WRU) to receive the answerback code of the other
station. Verify that the code from the station called is correct.
b) Press the function key [F8] (HR) to transmit your own identity (answerback code).
c) Press the function key [F3] and then the [3] key to display the Send screen. Choose
file to send and press the [Enter] key. Press the [Enter] key again, and “Send”
appears in reverse video while the file is being transmitted.
Send File
[B:\TEST1.
File name
LOG File
TEST1.
TEST2.
TEST3.
NBDP
[
]
Size
Date & Time
52
02-10-15 17:25
120
02-10-10 16:30
151
02-10-11 09:25
180
02-10-11 20:16
169
02-10-12 06:23
End of Directory
4 Files exist
To select : ENTER
]
1454000 bytes free
To view : SPACE
To quit : ESC
Send file screen
Sending volume (percentage of message transmitted, counts upward as the message is
being transmitted), ARQ error count and ARQ transmission time appear on the display.
“Lock” appears in reverse video when the mark and space signals in the receive signal are
normal. “Sending Volume” shows what percentage of the message has been sent. “ARQ
Error” shows the number of times error was found during transmission. “ARQ Time” is the
time in seconds the communication line has been established.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
HT
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display
Type a message from the keyboard
After exchanging answerback code by the function key [F7] (WRU) and [F8] (HR), type
your message directly from the keyboard.
a) To change direction of traffic, press either function key [F9] (OVER), or [+] and [?]. Then,
the other station becomes the information sending station, your station the information
receiving station.
b) Receive a message from the sending station, if any.
c) After completion of communication, press the function key [F7] (WRU) key to receive the
answerback code of the other station and then press the function key [F8] (HR) to
transmit your own answerback code.
d) Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.
11-4
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Stopping transmission
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [4] key. “Canceled Sending” appears on the
screen. Transmission is stopped but the line is still connected.
2. To disconnect the line, press the [F10] key.
11.3 FEC Mode Operation
The FEC mode transmits the same data twice to yield less errors. Compared to the ARQ
mode, the FEC mode is better at communicating with weak signals.
1. Press the function key [F3].
2. Press the [1] key to display the Call Station menu.
3. Choose a station which is registered for the FEC mode. Press the [Enter] key.
“CONNECT” appears in reverse video.
4. Transmit a message directly from the keyboard, or do the following to transmit a
message stored on a floppy disk:
Press the function key [F3] and the [3] key to choose File to Send. Choose file to send and
then press the [Enter] key.
5. After the message is transmitted, press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect
the line.
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [6] key.
2. Choose receive mode:
AUTO: Automatic reception in ARQ or FEC mode
ARQ:
International radiotelex ARQ mode
FEC:
International radiotelex FEC mode
DIRC: Receive message from teleprinter
3. Press the [Enter] key. The reception mode appears on the screen.
All received (and transmitted) messages are saved to a floppy disk when "TX/RX Msg
Save" is ON in the System menu. The file is automatically named as follows.
02 01 13 0 0. X X X
Year month date
Serial number from 000
11-5
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.5 Communication Example
Call the coast station following the procedure in paragraph 11.2. Then, communicate with
the coast station. Below is a communication example.
Call completed,
connected with
coast station
12345 KOBE X
If this is your first
communications with a
particular coast station,
the coast station asks
for you selcall no. ship
name, call sign and
AAIC (your enterprises
name for which to
charge to charge toll
call. That registers you
with the coast station.
Thereafter, if your
answerback code is
correct automatic
transmission is possible.
Selcall No.
Ship name or call sign
1480 HKRDO VRX
MOM
GA+?
OPR+
MOM
1480 HKRDO VRX
12345 KOBE X
KOBE DE HKRDO GOOD MORNING
NW NIL QRV GA+?
GM
NW
QRV K
QTC1+?
GA+?
Teleprinting Over Radio
(Message TX starts.)
NR 9004
Msg No.
TO: TELEX 1234567
FURUNO
JAPAN OFFICE
INT. DEP. SEC-1 MANAGER
FM: KOBE MARU/12345 KOBE X
TEXT:Type message.
TOR
KKKK QSL +?
End message.
KOBE DE HKRDO QSL NR9004
TKS NW NIL +?
TKS
Own answerback code
Automatically sent from Coast
station (ex. Hong Kong)
Type at your side within 30 s.
(Call operator manually.)
Message from coast station
(Wait. From HKRDO to KOBE.
Nothing to send. Do you
have anything to send?)
Type at your side
(GM=Good Morning. I have
a message for you.)
From coast station.
(Send your message.)
Type at your side
(To send a message file, type
MOM before TOR and wait
awhile.)
Receiver: Telex no.1234567
FURUNO ELEC. CO.
Sende: KOBE MARU
Type message
Message finished. Can you
acknowledge receipt)
From coast station
From HKRD0 to KOBE.
Received NR9004. Thank you.
No more to send.
NW NIL BIBI +?
TKS SEE YOU LATER
BIBI
Coast station disconnects the line.
Communications example
11-6
To send message
to ship
Type at your ship
(Thank you. I have nothing to
send. Bye Bye.
From coast station
Thank you. See you later.)
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Table of abbreviations
Abbreviation
Question
Answer or Advice
QRA
What is the name your station?
The name of my station is · · · · .
QRC
By what private enterprise are the
accounts for charges for your station
settled?
The accounts for my station are settled
by the private enterprise · · · · .
QRU
Have you any thing for me?
I have nothing for you.
QRV
Are you ready?
I am ready.
QRX
When will you call me again?
I will call you again at · · · · hours [on
· · · · kHz].
QSJ
What is the charge to be collected to · The charge to be collected to · · · ·
· · · including your internal charge?
including my internal charge is · · · ·
frans · · · · .
QSL
Can you acknowledge receipt?
I can acknowledge receipt.
QSX
Will you listen to · · · · [call sign] on
· · · · kHz?
I am listening to · · · · [call sign] on
· · · · kHz.
QTA
Shall I cancel message number · · · · ? Cancel message number · · · ·
QTC
How many messages have you to
send?
I have · · · · message for you.
QTU
What are the hours your station is
open?
My station is open from · · · · to · · · ·
hours.
Abbreviation
Definition
BK
Signal used to interrupt a transmission progress.
CFM
Confirm
DE
"From · · · · "
K
Invitation to transmit.
NIL
I have nothing to send to you.
NW
Now
PSE
Please
R
Received
REF
Reference to · · · · .
SVC
Prefix indicating a service telegram.
11-7
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Command and abbreviation
Command
Function
TGM+
To indicate that the following message is a radiotelegram.
MSG+
To indicate that the ship station needs to be connected immediately any message held.
OPR+
Call operator.
URG+
Safety, urgency and distress message.
MED+
Request medical advice.
TEST+
Request coast station to send a test message for checking the ship station.
BRK+
To clear the connection with the coast station.
Abbreviation
GA+
I am ready. Transmit your command.
MOM
Wait a moment.
MSG+
Request pending messages from the shore.
KKKK or NNNN Terminate a message.
11.6 Timer Operation
A built-in timer permits automatic transmission and reception of telex messages.
11.6.1 Enabling timer operation
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
2. Press the [7] key to display the Timer Operation List.
3. Choose the operation (name) you wish to execute. Press the [Enter] key. An asterisk
appears beside the operation selected and "T. Op" appears in reverse video on the
communication status display. If a file stored on a floppy disk is to be sent, be sure the
floppy disk containing the file is inserted in the drive.
Timer Operation List
*1
2
3
OP4
OP5
Timer operation list
4. Choose another operation (name) if desired.
5. Press the [Esc] key.
11-8
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
When the predetermined time comes, the NBDP Terminal Unit automatically sends or
receives the message. The results of timer operation are displayed as either OK or NG
(No Good) on the Timer Operation List.
Timer Operation List
*1
2
*3
*OP4
*OP5
OK
OK
OK
NG
Timer operation list
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation
1. Press the function key [F3].
2. Press the [7] key.
3. Choose the operation (name) which has an asterisk attached to it and then press the
[Enter] key. Remove all asterisks to cancel all timer programs.
11.7 Scanning
The radio equipment scans a group of operator-selected frequencies (channels), and
stops scanning when an signal is received. For registering scan group, see paragraph 9.5.
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key to show the Scanning Group List on
your screen.
You can confirm the scan channel by pressing the [↑] or [↓] key while pressing the [Shift]
key.
Scanning Group List
*1
2
3
Scanning group list
2. Choose a scan group and press the [Enter] key.
3. The scanning starts and the indication "Scan" appears in reverse video. Further, the
name of the scan group appears in the Station Name field.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-09-08 2:01:46 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
: SAITO-1
Scan
HT
Frequency (T/R) : 8344.00 / 8705.00(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Communication status display
4. To stop scanning, press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key. “Scan” appears in
normal video on the communication status display.
11-9
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.8 Communication Buffer
The communication buffer is a temporary memory which stores transmit and receive
messages. To display the contents of the communication buffer, do the following:
1. Escape from the message creation screen.
2. Press the [PgDn] or [PgUp] key. The contents of the communication buffer are
displayed.
To print them, press the [Ctrl] and [P] keys simultaneously. To erase the contents from the
screen, press the [PgDn] key while pressing the [Fn] key.
To erase the contents of the buffer, press the [F1] and [9] keys.
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex
11.9.1 Automatic telex overview
This section shows you how to communication with a coast station which handles
automatic telex transmission, using macrofiles. You will also need to register
communication channels and stations, and prepare macrofiles.
Coast stations using automatic telex are MCI Marine Services (North America), Sydney
Radio (Australia), Lyngby Radio (Denmark), and others. The procedure is mostly common
to all coast stations, however refer to the coast station’s traffic manual for details.
INTERNATIONAL
TELEX NETWORK
SHIP
STORE-ANDFORWARD
DIRECT
DIALING
MULTIADDRESS
CENTRAL
SYSTEM
SUB-STATION
SYSTEM
CONTROL
Sample automatic telex network
The service available in automatic telex are
• Message transfer between ship and coast station (store-and-forward)
• Connection with landline telex (direct dialing)
• Multi address.
11-10
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.9.2 Preparations
To use automatic telex, you will need to register three items:
•
•
•
Answerback code
Scan groups
Station names
Registering answerback code
The coast station assigns a Telex number. This number functions as an answerback code.
An answerback code contains the following:
OOOOO SHIP X
OOOOO: Coast station-assigned five-digit telex code
SHIP:
Ship name
X:
For shipboard station, normally X is entered.
The procedure for registering the answerback code is the same as which appears on page
9-1. If an answerback code was registered before the commissioning of the coast station,
a new answerback code must be entered. To enter a new answerback code, contact
FURUNO or an authorized FURUNO agent or dealer.
Registering scan groups
The central system emits a free-signal to indicate a coast station radio channel is in idle
condition and available for ship-to-shore calls. The free-signal is detected and recognized
by the shipboard equipment as a permission to start the transmission. Then, the shipboard
operator initiates a call.
You can scan search for the free-signal automatically by registering coast station radio
channels in scan group(s). The procedure for registering scan groups for coast station use
is the same as that which appears on page 9-7.
Registering stations
The next step is to enter station name. The procedure is the same as that shown on page
9-3.
11-11
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.9.3 Commands
The tables which follows describe the commands for macro operation
Command
(Prefixed with @)
CALL
FREE (support
command for CALL)
RETRY (support
command for CALL)
CASE
TIMEOUT (support
command for CALL)
SEND
WRU
HR
OVER
BREAK
DISPLAY
INPUT
Parameter
Content
S: Station Name
Calling station name and ID on assigned
parameter
Free-signal searching time according to
assigned parameter (default setting: 10
min)
Detect free signal of dot pattern
Calling according to assigned parameter
(default setting: 10 min)
For receiving a message (designated by
parameter) transmitted by coast station
Time allotted for reception of message by
CASE command
Text transmitted according to assigned
parameters
Send a file from floppy disk
Two digits, 0-99 min.
$RRR$ signal
Two digits, 0-99 min.
Text
Two digits, 0-99 min.
Text
B file name (IB-581)
A: file name (IB-583)
None
Text
None
Function keys F7 – F10
Text of message appears
Waiting for keyboard input
Transmit keyboard input message
Commands processed by Danish coast station Lyngby
Command
Function
BRK+
Disconnection communications line
DIRTLX ……+ Direct dialing telex (receive only)
KKKK
Terminate message
LTR+
For telex letters mailed from Operations Station to destinations worldwide
MED+
Request medical advice
OPR+
Requesting operating assistance
POS+
Send position data
STA+
Status requested on a store-and-forward message
TLX ……+
Store-and-forward method
For details, consult the coast station’s traffic manual.
11-12
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method
The following is the sequence of events in transmission of a file by the store-and-forward
method.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Shipboard station sends message to coast station.
Coast station stores message in memory buffer.
Shipboard station and coast station clear the radio circuit.
Coast station sends message to subscriber designated.
Actual procedure for store-and-forward telex
No. Procedure
1
Call a coast
.
station.
2
Transmit WRU signal.
3
Display
Remarks
CONNECT appears
in re verse video
(and bell sounds).
Free-signal found;
radio circuit ready.
00190 TLG DK
26 X X X SHIP X
GA+?
Initial identity
exchange between coast
station and shipboard
station
MSG+?
Request to start
message transmission
Key in subscriber's Telex number.
Example: (Hong Kong) 12345
TLX80212345+
4
Transmit file.
5
When transmission is completed,
type KKKK.
6
Transmit BREAK command to
clear radio circuit.
Message transmission
26 X X X SHIP X
00190 TLG DK
GA+?
Transmit your
answerback code.
Receive other party's
answerback code.
11-13
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Procedure for preparing a macrofile for store-and-forward method
You will need a macrofile to enable automatic message transmission by store-and-forward
method. After preparing it, save it to a floppy disk for future use.
1. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu.
2. Press the [1] key.
3. Prepare macrofile. Below is simple example.
< [1] UNTITLED1 >
@FREE $RRR$
1
@CALL S:LYNGBY RADIO
2
@WRU
@CASE GA+?
3
@SEND TLX80212345+
@CASE MSG+?
@SEND B: ABC
4
@SEND KKKK
5
@CASE GA+?
@SEND BRK+
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)
Who are you?
Station identity exchange
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 802 is country
code of Hong Kong) for store-and-forward method
4 Location and name of file message
B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583)
5 Request for termination of message
Sample macrofile for store-and-forward method
4. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu.
5. Press the [3] key. The Close Text appears on the display.
close Text
Save File?
Yes
No
(UNTITLED 1)
Close text prompt
11-14
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
6. Press the [Enter] key and enter a file name as follows:
OOOOOOOO.MCR
↑
File Name
↑
Extension Name
(max. 8 characters)
7. Press the [Enter] key.
DIRTLX macrofile
Sample DIRTLX macrofile
@FREE $RRR$
1
@CALL S: LYNGBY RADIO
2
@WRU
@CASE GA+?
@SEND DIRTLX725644325+
3
@CASE MSG+?
@SEND B: ABC
4
@SEND KKKK
5
@CASE GA+?
@SEND BRK+
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)
Who are you?
Station identity exchange
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 72 is country
code of JAPAN) for direct dialing mode
4 Location and name of file message
B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583)
5 Request for termination of message
Sample DIRLTX macrofile
11-15
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Procedure for DIRTLX
No. Procedure
1
Call a coast
.
station.
2
Transmit WRU signal.
3
Remarks
CONNECT appears
in re verse video
(and bell sounds).
Free-signal found;
radio circuit ready.
00190 TLG DK
26 X X X SHIP X
GA+?
Initial identity
exchange between coast
station and shipboard
station
12:20
MOM
5644325 FURUNO J
MSG+
Request to start
message transmission
Key in subscriber's Telex number.
Example: (Japan) 5644325
DIRTLX725644325+
4
Transmit file.
5
When transmission is completed,
type KKKK.
6
Transmit BREAK command to
clear radio circuit.
11-16
Display
Message transmission
26 X X X SHIP X
5644325 FURUNO J
00190 TLG DK
DURATION ...
TIME ...
GA+?
Transmit your
answerback code.
Receive other party's
answerback code.
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile
This section describes how to transmit a telex message using a macrofile.
Basic procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Register answerback code (Telex number assigned by coast station).
Register coast station frequency and channel to scan group.
Register station name including scan group name.
Retrieve appropriate macrofile. Include station name and message file name. Type
message and save file to memory.
5. Open macro operation menu and select a macrofile. (See next page for details.) Your
message will be transmitted automatically. Below is the sequence of automatic
message transmission to a coast station.
a) Search for free-signal
b) Call coast station on one of its radio channels
c) After connection is established, identity exchange
d) Transmission of service category and subscriber’s address
e) Transmission of message
f) Transmission of termination of message signal
g) Identity exchange
h) Clearing of radio circuit
Actual procedure
1. Press function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
Operate menu
2. Press the [2] key to display the Call Macro screen.
11-17
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING
Call Macro
[A:\...
for IB-583
[B:\TEST1.
File name
LOG File
TEST1.
TEST2.
TEST3.
LYNGBY1.MCR
[
]
Size
Date & Time
52
02-10-15 17:25
120
02-10-10 16:30
151
02-10-11 09:25
180
02-10-11 20:16
169
02-10-13 06:23
End of Directory
4 Files exist
To select : ENTER
]
1454000 bytes free
To view : SPACE
To quit : ESC
Call macro screen
3. Press the [↓] key to choose a macrofile.
4. Press the [Enter] key.
Call Macro: Lyngby1.MCR
Yes
Call OK?
No
5. Press the [Enter] key to confirm the macrofile selected. The Wait for Free Signal
indication appears. Your message will be transmitted automatically.
11-18
12 MAINTENANCE &
TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Do not open the equipment.
Only qualified personnel
should work inside the
equipment.
12.1 Daily Test
Authorities require that the DSC/watch receiver be checked daily for proper operation to
ensure that it will function properly in the event of distress. Execute the daily test as below.
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test.
2. After several seconds the test results, OK, for normal operation, NG for No Good. For
NG (No Good) contact your dealer for advice.
** Daily test **
** Daily test **
MAR-27-2002-15:24
MAIN CPU
: OK VER. XX*
RCVR1
: OK
PANEL1
: OK VER. XX*
RCVR2*1
: OK
PANEL2*1
: OK VER. XX*
TRX
: OK
MODEM
: OK
NBDP MODEM : OK
*: XX = Version No.
Page 1
Page 2
*1: Shown if equipped with
No. 2 control unit.
Test results
3. After the test results
* = PANEL2 CPU, RCVR2
DAILY TEST
for the items on
printed if equipped
MAR-27-2002-15:24:00
page 2 appear, the
with no. 2
MMSI:
123456789
audio alarm sounds,
control unit.
MAIN CPU:
OK VER.**
**
=
Version
No.
the ALARM lamp
PANEL1 CPU: OK VER.**
flashes several
PANEL2 CPU:* OK VER.**
NBDP MODEM: OK VER.**
times and then page
RCVR1:
OK
1 of the daily test is
RCVR2:*
OK
displayed.
TRX:
OK
4. If auto printing is
active, the test
results are printed. To manually print the test results, press the [8/PRINT] key. Above is
a sample test results printout.
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the DSC standby screen.
Note: TEST on the DSC Setup menu is for used by service technicians.
12-1
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.2 Radiotelephone Test
Do the following to check the radiotelephone for proper operation:
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test. OK or NG (No
Good) appears as the test result for each item checked. For NG, contact your dealer
for advice.
Tx selfcheck
PLL : OK
RF
: OK
PA1 : OK
PA2
: OK*
COMB
: OK*
TX FIL
: OK
* FS-2570 only
COUPL : OK
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the previously used screen.
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test
The CPU and the relays which choose capacitors and coils for tuning can be checked. For
qualified technicians only.
DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
Circuits in the antenna
coupler are still alive at OFF.
Discharge before servicing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Open the antenna coupler cover.
Open the shield cover inside the coupler.
Turn on the #2 switch of DIP switch S2.
Press the TUNE switch in the antenna coupler.
24 LEDs (CR1 to CR24) light one by one every second. Relays trip on with
corresponding LEDs as below.
CR1 ON – K1 ON
COUPLER BOARD
LED
CR2 ON – K2 ON
.
.
.
CR22 ON – K22 ON (CR23 not provided)
DIP switch S2
CR24 ON – K24, K25 ON
behind the shield case
6. Turn off the #2 switch of DIP switch S2.
7. Close the cover.
TUNE SWITCH
If CPU error is detected, CR1 lights for ROM error, CR2 for RAM error, CR3 for A/D
converter error. (ROM/RAM/ A/D converter is incorporated in the CPU.)
12-2
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.4 Maintenance
Regular maintenance is vital for maintaining performance. Following the procedures below
will help keep the equipment in top operating condition.
Maintenance check points
Item
Antenna
Wire
antenna
Insulators
for antenna
Antenna
coupler
Check Point
Check for physical damage and corrosion.
Check that the antenna is properly spanned
and separated sufficiently from metallic
structures.
Check for salt water deposits on insulators.
Check that connection at the lead-in
insulator is tight and rust-free.
•
•
•
Control
unit
•
•
•
Check condition of antenna terminal,
ground, coaxial cable and control cable.
Check that coupler lid and cable glands
are firmly secure.
Remedy/Remarks
Replace damaged parts.
If necessary, re-span antenna.
Replace damage insulators.
Remove salt water deposits.
Clean with fresh water, then dry.
Remove rust, then tighten bolts
and lock nuts. Cover metallic
surface with sealing compound.
• Tighten loosened
connections.
• Fasten lid firmly and evenly to
prevent water leakage.
• Replace if damaged.
Check for physical damage, corrosion
and salt water deposits.
Check ground connection, control cable, •
and external equipment.
Confirm that there are no objects on the
top of the control unit.
Remove dust from control unit with soft
cloth.
•
•
Note: Do not use chemical cleaners to
clean the display unit; they can remove paint
or markings or deform the equipment.
Transceiver
unit
Power
supply
Tighten loosened
connections; remove foreign
material from connectors.
Remove any objects.
Wipe the LCD carefully to
prevent scratching, using
tissue paper and an LCD
cleaner. To remove dirt or salt
deposits, use an LCD cleaner,
wiping slowly with tissue
paper so as to dissolve the
dirt or salt. Change paper
frequently so the salt or dirt
will not scratch the LCD.
Tighten loosened
connections; remove foreign
material from connectors.
•
Check connection at signal cable,
coaxial cable, control cable, power
cable, and navigator.
•
•
Confirm that there are no objects on the
top of the cabinet.
Check that the supply voltage at
transmission is within the rated range
(21.6 to 31.2 VDC at the power
connector).
•
Remove any objects.
•
If not within the range, call for
service. Low voltage may
cause erratic operation.
•
12-3
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.5 Replacement of Fuses
To protect the FS-1570 from overcurrent and equipment fault, two fuses are provided in
the PR-300 Power Supply Unit. If a fuse blows, find the cause before replacing it. If it
blows again after replacement, request service.
CAUTION
Use the proper fuse.
Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious
damage to the equipment and void the
warranty.
Unit
Power Supply Unit PR-300
Fuse
10 A (100 VAC) or 5A (200 VAC)
and 20 A (24 VDC)
PR-300
FUSE
100V 10A
220V 5A
125V 20A
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
AC IN
L N G
DC IN
+
-
+
DC OUT
- 24V +
-
PR-300
Note: The Power Supply Unit PR-850A, used with the FS-2570, does not have a fuse but
a circuit breaker. If the breaker has tripped, find the reason before resetting the
breaker (upward position).
BREAKER
POWER
ON
ON
OFF
AC INPUT 50/60Hz
DC OUTPUT
PR-850A
12-4
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting
The table below provides common problems and the means with which to restore normal
operation. If normal operation cannot be restored, do not attempt to check inside the
equipment. Any servicing should be referred to a qualified technician.
Problem
Power cannot be
turned on.
•
•
•
Probable cause
Mains switchboard may be
off.
(DC) voltage is too high.
Battery may have
discharged, or poor contact
at terminals.
•
Remedy
Turn on the mains switchboard.
•
•
Check supply voltage.
Recharge battery and tighten battery
terminals.
Display
indications do
not appear but
key lamps are lit.
Power is on but
no sound from
loudspeaker.
Poor articulation
•
Contrast is too low.
•
Operate the [9/
contrast.
•
Loudspeaker is off.
•
Operate the [7/ ] key to turn on the
loudspeaker.
•
Wrong class of emission
may be in use.
•
Class of emission should match that of
incoming signal.
Output power
reduced to LOW
•
•
Wait until the unit returns to normal
condition.
Antenna coupler
cannot tune
antenna
•
•
Check antenna connection.
•
Recommended length is 7 to 30
meters.
Check coupler ground.
•
•
•
•
Power is automatically
reduced to protect against
overheating due to
continuous transmission.
Antenna may be
disconnected or shorted to
ground.
Antenna is out of tunable
length.
Poor grounding of antenna
coupler.
Breaker in coupler has
tripped.
Connection cable loosened
or disconnected.
•
•
•
] key to adjust
Checks mains voltage and polarity. If
normal, reset breaker.
Check cable.
12.7 Error Messages
The table below shows error messages and their meanings.
Error messages
Error message
Busy: RT
Channel Busy
Meaning
Remedy
Radiotelephone is in
Wait until the radiotelephone is free.
operation.
You attempted to transmit on The message is automatically erased
a channel which is currently when the channel becomes clear.
busy. (This occurs with
12-5
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
EPFS error
Routine and Business
priorities only.)
No position data from
navigator for one minute.
Incoming
Incoming DSC call
No position data
You attempted to enter
position automatically when
there is no position data.
Radiotelephone not powered
or has been disconnected.
Oven too cold; cannot
transmit.
Automatic printed has been
selected; however, printer is
not powered or has been
disconnected.
Oven not ready; cannot
transmit.
TRX PLL unlock.
Transmission is stopped.
No response: RT
Oven cold. Tx not
ready; wait
Printer not ready
Trouble: Oven not
ready
TRX PLL UNLOCK
TUNE error
Warning: Update
position
Watchdog error.
Please Power OFF
WR1 PLL UNLOCK
WR2 PLL UNLOCK
12-6
Tuning failed for DSC or
NBDP. Transmission (except
distress) is stopped.
Position data is older by the
amount of time preset on the
Alarm menu.
Internal error (such as CPU
trouble) detected.
Accompanied with alarm,
same type as for distress.
WR1, WR2 PLL unlock.
Transmission is stopped.
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the
alarm. Check the navigator. If it is
malfunctioning, manually enter position.
Message is automatically cleared when
DSC signal has gone.
Check the navigator.
Check radiotelephone.
Wait until the oven becomes sufficiently
warm.
Check printer.
Wait until the oven is ready.
Check if the reference oscillator is
working and the coaxial cable is tightly
connected.
Try to tune again.
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence
alarm. Reenter position on the Position
menu.
Turn the power off and on to erase the
message. Have a qualified technician
check the set.
Check if the reference oscillator is
working and the coaxial cable is tightly
connected.
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.8 Test Call
This function sends a test signal to a coast station, over one of six distress and safety
frequencies. For that reason, it should not be executed unnecessarily. You can prepare a
test call beforehand (see Chapter 6) or at the moment you intend to send a test call. To
send a prepared test call, see page 6-9 for the procedure.
1. Press the [2/DSC] key at the DSC standby screen and then push the [ENTER] knob to
open the CALL TYPE menu.
message
** ComposeINDIVIDUAL
**
: All ships
PSTN CALL
TEST
CALL
: Safety
ALL
SHIPS
: Telephone
GROUP
: 2187.5CALL
kHz
AREA CALL
POSITION
STATION ID
PRIORITY
COM. TYPE
COM. FREQ
DSC FREQ
GO
6
6
CALL TYPE
POLLING
NEUTRAL
MEDICAL
Rotate [ENTER]
knob to scroll.
RELAY ALL
RELAY SEL
DISTRESS
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.
** Compose message **
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
: TEST
000000000
PRIORITY
: SAFETY
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
4. Using the numeric keys, key in the ID of the coast station ID (seven digits) where to
send the call and then push the [ENTER] knob.
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. (Note that PRIORITY is
automatically selected to SAFETY.)
message
** Compose 2187.5
**
CALL TYPE
COAST ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
: Test
4207.5
: 001234567
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
12577.0
:
kHz
16804.5
VIEW KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
12-7
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate frequency and then push the
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.
Compose message
**
**
CALL TYPE
: TEST
COAST ID
PRIORITY
: 001234567
: SAFETY
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO ALL VIEW
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the test call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows "Test call in progress!" while the test call is being transmitted.
Test
call in progress!
TO COAST
SAFETY
:
001234567
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO
:
:
2187.5 KHZ
7S
8. After the test call has been sent, the following message appears.
Waiting for test
acknowledgement.
FROM COAST : 001234567
SAFETY
DSC FREQ
:
TIME TO GO :
2187.5 KHZ
4M12S
9. One of the following displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears
when the timer counts down to zero, meaning no response from coast station.)
Test acknowledge
call received.
FROM COAST:
SAFETY
NO INFORMATION
001234567
No response!
Try calling again?
FROM COAST:
SAFETY
DSC FREQ
STOP ALARM
Test acknowledge received
001234567
:
2187.5 KHZ
CALL AGAIN
No response to test call
10. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 9.
12-8
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
Test acknowledge call received
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display
changes as below.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59
ECC : OK
TEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
FROM COAST : 001234567
SAFETY
NO INFORMATION
GO TO ALL VIEW
No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob and then press the [CALL] key.
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance
Regular maintenance is important for good performance. A regular maintenance program
should be established and should at least include the items mentioned below.
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment
Wipe of accumulated dust from the terminal unit with a soft cloth. Wipe the LCD carefully
to prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt
deposits, use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or
salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the LCD. Do not use
solvents such as thinner, acetone or benzene for cleaning; they can remove paint and
marks or deform the equipment.
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection
Periodically check the connectors for proper seating and the earth connection for rust.
Remove rust to maintain a good ground system.
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive
Foreign material on the floppy disk drive head can scratch the magnetic material in the
floppy, resulting in loss of data. Clean the floppy disk drive head regularly with a floppy
disk drive cleaning disk to prevent erasure of information stored on disks.
12-9
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
12.9.4 Diagnostics
General diagnostics
1. Press the function key [F6] to display the System menu.
System
Lock Change Default
Setup
Slave Delay
8 msec (0- 50 msec)
TX/RX MSG Save
Edit Before sending
OFF O N
OFF O N
Time System
Time & Date
Display Mode*
Self Test
OFF UTC SMT JST
2002/10/16 10:00:00
Normal Reverse
* = Window Color shown on IB-583.
System menu
2. Choose Change from Setup.
3. Choose Self Test (at the bottom of the screen).
4. Press the [Enter] key. The results of the self test are displayed a short time later.
Selftest
Terminal Unit Test :
Main Unit Test
:
Modem Unit Test
:
Radio Unit Test
:
DSC Unit Test
:
Printer Unit Test*2:
ver. X.XX
ver. X.XX
ver. X.XX
ID FS1570*1
ID FS1570*1
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
IB-58X
MAIN Board
NBDP Modem
X.XX = Version No.
*1: Or FS2570
*2: "NG" and "Printer not ready" when printer is off or
is abnormal.
Self test results
The test results are shown as OK or NG (No Good). For any NG, try the self test again. If it
appears again, call for service. When the test is completed, the message “Selftest
Completed. Press any key to escape.” appears.
12-10
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
Tone test
1. Choose Self Test from the System Menu as shown in paragraph 12.8.4.
2. While pressing and holding down the [Shift] key, press the [↓] key to show the Tone
Test menu.
Tone Test
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
1
2
3
4
5
6
(All Char)
(Fox)
(Beta)
(Mark)
(Space)
(BY)
Tone test menu
3. Choose a test and press the [Enter] key. You may stop a tone test at anytime by
pressing the [Enter] key.
Tone test 1 (All characters)
This test checks for proper transmission of all figures, letters and codes. To conduct the
test, call a station in the ARQ or FEC mode. Execute the test, confirming that all
characters are transmitted correctly. "Now testing Tone Test 1" appears during the testing.
Since the test is conducted continuously, you may press the [Esc] key twice followed by
the [F10] key to stop the test and return to the tone test menu.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
System
1996-11-15
13:26:45.45
Caps Eng
Station Name
:
Setup
Lock Change
Default
Frequency (T/R) :
/
(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error Mark Space
Now Testing Tone Test 1 (All Char).
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
wxyz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
wxyz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Tone test
12-11
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
Tone test 2 (Fox)
This test (continuously) checks for proper transmission of the test message THE QUICK
BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG 0123456789. To conduct the test, call a
station by using the ARQ or FEC mode.
Tone test 3 (Beta)
You may check for proper transmission of the idle signal β. Call up a station using the
ARQ mode.
Tone test 4 (Mark)
This test outputs the mark signal through the LINE OUT terminal, where a frequency
counter may be connected, to confirm its frequency (1615 Hz).
Tone test 5 (Space)
Tone test 5 verifies the space signal frequency (1785 Hz).
Tone test 6 (BY)
This test verifies the frequency of the space B (1785 Hz) and the mark Y (1615 Hz), using
a spectrum analyzer.
12-12
APPENDIX
Menu Tree
DSC/watch receiver
[#/SETUP] key
(Pressed at
DSC standby
screen.)
ALARM
INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM
RCVD CALL (OFF, ON)
OLD POSITION (OFF, ON)
POSITION OLDER (4.0, 3.0, 2.0, 1.0, 0.5 H)
EXT ALARM (DSTRS/URG, ROUTINE, ALL, OFF)
AUTO ACK
COMPLY TYPE (UNABLE, ABLE)
UNABLE REASON (NO REASON, BUSY, EQUIP DISABLE,
MODE NOT USABLE, CH NOT USABLE)
POSITION CALL (OFF, ON)
POLLING CALL (OFF, ON)
ERASE
RCVD ORDINARY LOG
RCVD DISTRESS LOG
TRANSMITTED LOG
SEND MESSAGE
Default settings
in boldface italic.
MESSAGE
POSITION
INPUT TYPE (AUTO, MANUAL)
LAT
LON
TIME
PRINT OUT
XMIT CALL (AUTO, MANUAL)
RCVD CALL (AUTO, MANUAL)
DAILY TEST (AUTO, MANUAL)
SCAN FREQ
Selects DSC frequencies to scan.
VOLUME
KEY CLICK (OFF, ON)
HANDSET (0-63, 32)
ORDINARY ALARM (0-63, 8)
DISTRESS ALARM (8-63, 8)
TEST (For technicians)
SYSTEM (For technicians)
[LOG/TUNE] key
RECEIVED ORDINARY
RECEIVED DISTRESS
TRANSMITTED
AP-1
APPENDIX
Radiotelephone
[#/SETUP] key
(Pressed at
radiotelephone
screen.)
Default settings
in boldface italic.
NB (OFF, ON)
SQ FREQ (500-2000 Hz, 800 Hz )
FAX RX ENABLE (OFF, ON)
VOLUME INPUT (NORMAL, EASY)
USER CH (Set up user channels.)
OFFHOOKED (OFF, ON)
SYSTEM (Display system settings.)
AP-2
APPENDIX
NBDP terminal unit (telex)
Default settings in boldface italic.
F1: File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Priniting
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format
F2: Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text
F5: Station
1: Station Entry
2: Timer Operation Entry
3: Scan Entry
4: User Channel Entry
5: Answerback Code Entry
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)
F6: System
Setup (Lock, Change, Default)
Slave Delay (0-50 msec, 8)
TX/RX MSG Save (OFF, ON)
Edit Before Sending (OFF, ON)
Time System (OFF, UTC, SMT, JST)
Time & Date
Display Mode (IB-581) (Normal, Reverse)
Window Color
Window
Window
Change
Color
(IB-583)
Setup
Fore Color
Back Color
F3: Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency
F4: Window
1: Calendar
2: Distress Frequency Table
BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL,
EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3,
MESSAGE.Function, SUB Menu 1,
SUB Menu 2, SUB Menu 3, SUB Menu 4,
Message, Base Window
L-WHITE, YELLOW,
L-MAGENTA, L-RED,
L-CYAN, L-GREEN,
L-BLUE, GRAY,
WHITE, BROWN,
MAGENTA, RED,
CYAN, GREEN,
BLUE, BLACK
Default Color (Yes, No)
Self Test
F7: WRU (Who are you?)
F8: HR (Here is)
F9: Over
F10: Break
AP-3
APPENDIX
Frequency Tables
DSC frequency table
TX (kHz)
RX (kHz)
2187.5
2187.5
4207.5
4207.5
6312.0
6312.0
8414.5
8414.5
12577.0
12577.0
16804.5
16804.5
458.5
455.5
INTL-0.4M
2189.5(2177.0*)
2177.0
INTL-2M
4208.0
4219.5
INTL-4M
6312.5
6331.0
INTL-6M
8415.0
8436.5
12577.5
12657.0
16805.0
16903.0
INTL-16M
18898.5
19703.5
INTL-18M
22374.5
22444.0
INTL-22M
25208.5
26121.0
INTL-25M
4208.5
4220.0
LOCAL1-4M
6313.0
6331.5
LOCAL1-6M
8415.5
8437.0
LOCAL1-8M
12578.0
12657.5
16805.5
16903.5
18899.0
19704.0
LOCAL1-18M
22375.0
22444.5
LOCAL1-22M
25209.0
26121.5
LOCAL1-25M
4209.0
4220.5
LOCAL2-4M
6313.5
6332.0
LOCAL2-6M
8416.0
8437.5
LOCAL2-8M
12578.5
12658.0
16806.0
16904.0
18899.5
19704.5
LOCAL2-18M
22375.5
22445.0
LOCAL2-22M
25209.5
26122.0
LOCAL2-25M
* = Ship-to-ship
AP-4
Remarks
File Name
Distress and
Safety Frequencies
International
Frequencies
Local-1
Frequencies
Local-2
Frequencies
INTL-8M
INTL-12M
LOCAL1-12M
LOCAL1-16M
LOCAL2-12M
LOCAL2-16M
APPENDIX
Custom channels (to be programmed by FURUNO dealers)
CH NO
Ship Receive (kHz)
Ship Transmit (kHz)
Remarks
AP-5
APPENDIX
MF band working carrier frequencies (ref. US CFR 47 Part 80.371)
Region
East Coast
W e st C oa st
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2031.5
2118.0
2126.0
2142.0
2166.0
2198.0
2366.0
2382.0
2390.0
2400.0
2406.0
2003.0
2009.0
2009.0
2031.5
2126.0
2206.0
2382.0
2430.0
Ship Receive
(kHz)
2490.0
2514.0
2522.0
2538.0
2558.0
2590.0
2450.0
2482.0
2566.0
2400.0
2506.0
2450.0
2442.0
2566.0
2566.0
2522.0
2598.0
2466.0
2482.0
Region
Gulf Coast
Great Lakes
Alaska
Hawaii
Caribbean
Guam
2
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2009.0
2134.0
2142.0
2158.0 1
2166.0
2206.0
2366.0
2382.0
2430.0
2458.0
2118.0
2158.0
2206.0
2131.0
2134.0
2240.0
2134.0
2009.0
2086.0 3
2134.0
2009.0
Ship Receive
(kHz)
2466.0
2530.0
2538.0
2550.0
2558.0
2598.0
2450.0
2482.0
2572.0
2506.0
2514.0
2550.0
2582.0
2309.0
2312.0
2400.0
2530.0
2506.0
2585.0
2530.0
2506.0
Above frequencies are not programmed. Contact a FURUNO representative.
1 = Unlimited use December 15 to April 1
2 = 2206 kHz for distress only
3 = Limited to pep of 150 W.
AP-6
APPENDIX
MF band SSB working carrier frequencies
CH NO
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
Ship Receive
(kHz)
1635
1638
1641
1644
1647
1650
1653
1656
1659
1662
1665
1668
1671
1674
1677
1680
1683
1686
1689
1692
1695
1698
1701
1704
1707
1710
1713
1716
1719
1722
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2060
2063
2066
2069
2072
2075
2078
2081
2084
2087
2090
2093
2096
2099
2102
2105
2108
2111
2114
2117
2120
2123
2126
2129
2132
2135
2138
2060
2063
2066
CH NO
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
2 82
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
Ship Receive
(kHz)
1725
1728
1731
1734
1737
1740
1743
1746
1749
1752
1755
1758
1761
1764
1767
1770
1773
1776
1779
1782
1785
1788
1791
1794
1797
Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2069
2072
2075
2078
2081
2084
2087
2090
2093
2096
2099
2102
2105
2108
2111
2114
2117
2120
2123
2126
2129
2132
2135
2138
2060
AP-7
APPENDIX
4/6 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
ITU CH NO
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
4 MHz SSB (J3E)
Ship RX
4357
4360
4363
4366
4369
4372
4375
4378
4381
4384
4387
4390
Ship TX
4065
4068
4071
4074
4077
4080
4083
4086
4089
4092
4095
4098
413
4393
4101
414
4396
4104
415
4399
4107
416
4402
4110
417
4405
4113
418
4408
4116
419
4411
4119
420
4414
4122
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432 (01)
433 (02)
434 (03)
435 (04)
436 (05)
437 (06)
438 (07)
4417
4420
4423
4426
4429
4432
4435
4351
4354
4146
4149
4000
4003
4006
4009
4012
4015
4018
4125
4128
4131
4134
4137
4140
4143
4351
4354
4146
4149
4000
4003
4006
4009
4012
4015
4018
439 (08)
4021
4021
440 (09)
441 (10)
442 (11)
443 (12)
444 (13)
445 (14)
446 (15)
447 (16)
448 (17)
449 (18)
450 (19)
451 (20)
452 (21)
4024
4027
4030
4033
4036
4039
4042
4045
4048
4051
4054
4057
4060
4024
4027
4030
4033
4036
4039
4042
4045
4048
4051
4054
4057
4060
AP-8
ITU CH NO
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
6 MHz SSB (J3E)
Ship RX
6501
6504
6507
6510
6513
6516
6519
6522
6224
6227
6230
Ship TX
6200
6203
6206
6209
6212
6215
6218
6221
6224
6227
6230
These frequencies are factory programmed.
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).
APPENDIX
8 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Duplex
ITU CH NO
Ship RX
Ship TX
801
8719
8195
802
8722
8198
803
8725
8201
804
8728
8204
805
8731
8207
806
8734
8210
807
8737
8213
808
8740
8216
809
8743
8219
810
8746
8222
811
8749
8225
812
8752
8228
813
8755
8231
814
8758
8234
815
8761
8237
816
8764
8240
817
8767
8243
818
8770
8246
819
8773
8249
820
8776
8252
821
8779
8255
822
8782
8258
823
8785
8261
824
8788
8264
825
8791
8267
826
8794
8270
827
8797
8273
828
8800
8276
829
8803
8279
830
8806
8282
831
8809
8285
832
8812
8288
833
8291
8291
834
8707
8707
835
8710
8710
836
8713
8713
837
8716
8716
838
839
8294
8297
8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Simplex
(ITU CH NO)
Ship RX
Ship TX
840 (01)
81 01
8101
841 (02)
8104
8104
842 (03)
8107
8107
843 (04)
8 11 0
8110
844 (05)
8113
8113
845 (06)
8116
8116
846 (07)
8119
8119
847 (08)
8122
8122
848 (09)
8125
8125
849 (10)
8128
8128
850 (11)
8131
8131
851 (12)
8134
8134
852 (13)
8137
8137
853 (14)
8140
8140
854 (15)
8143
8143
855 (16)
8 14 6
8146
856 (17)
8149
8149
857 (18)
8152
8152
858 (19)
8155
8155
859 (20)
8158
8158
860 (21)
8161
8161
861 (22)
8164
8164
862 (23)
816 7
8167
863 (24)
8 17 0
8170
864 (25)
8173
8173
865 (26)
8176
8176
866 (27)
8179
8179
867 (28)
8 18 2
8182
868 (29)
818 5
8185
869 (30)
8188
8188
870 (31)
8191
8191
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).
8294
8297
AP-9
APPENDIX
12/16 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
12 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1201
13077
12230
1202
13080
12233
1203
13083
12236
1204
13086
12239
1205
13089
12242
1206
13092
12245
1207
13095
12248
1208
13098
12251
1209
13101
12254
1210
13104
12257
1211
13107
12260
1212
13110
12263
1213
13113
12266
1214
13116
12269
1215
13119
12272
1216
13122
12275
1217
13125
12278
1218
13128
12281
1219
13131
12284
1220
13134
12287
1221
13137
12290
1222
13140
12293
1223
13143
12296
1224
13146
12299
1225
13149
12302
1226
13152
12305
1227
13155
12308
1228
13158
12311
1229
13161
12314
1230
13164
12317
1231
13167
12320
1232
13170
12323
1233
13173
12326
1234
13176
12329
1235
13179
12332
1236
13182
12335
1237
13185
12338
1238
13188
12341
1239
13191
12344
1240
13194
12347
1241
13197
12350
1242
12353
12353
1243
12356
12356
1244
12359
12359
1245
12362
12362
1246
12365
12365
Above is factory programmed.
AP-10
16 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1601
17242
16360
1602
17245
16363
1603
17248
16366
1604
17251
16369
1605
17254
16372
1606
17257
16375
1607
17260
16378
1608
17263
16381
1609
17266
16384
1610
17269
16387
1611
17272
16390
1612
17275
16393
1613
17278
16396
1614
17281
16399
1615
17284
16402
1616
17287
16405
1617
17290
16408
1618
17293
16411
1619
17296
16414
1620
17299
16417
1621
17302
16420
1622
17305
16423
1623
17308
16426
1624
17311
16429
1625
17314
16432
1626
17317
16435
1627
17320
16438
1628
17323
16441
1629
17326
16444
1630
17329
16447
1631
17332
16450
1632
17335
16453
1633
17338
16456
1634
17341
16459
1635
17344
16462
1636
17347
16465
1637
17350
16468
1638
17353
16471
1639
17356
16474
1640
17359
16477
1641
17362
16480
1642
17365
16483
1643
17368
16486
1644
17371
16489
1645
17374
16492
1646
17377
16495
1647
17380
16498
1648
17383
16501
1649
17386
16504
1650
17389
16507
16 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1651
17392
16510
1652
17395
16513
1653
17398
16516
1654
17401
16519
1655
17404
16522
1656
17407
16525
1657
16528
16528
1658
16531
16531
1659
16534
16534
1660
16537
16537
1661
16540
16540
1662
16543
16543
1663
16546
16546
APPENDIX
18/19, 22, 25/26 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
18/19 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1801
19755
18780
1802
19758
18783
1803
19761
18786
1804
19764
18789
1805
19767
18792
1806
19770
18795
1807
19773
18798
1808
19776
18801
1809
19779
18804
1810
19782
18807
1811
19785
18810
1812
19788
18813
1813
19791
18816
1814
19794
18819
1815
19797
18822
1816
18825
18825
1817
18828
18828
1818
18831
18831
1819
18834
18834
1820
18837
18837
1821
18840
18840
1822
18843
18843
22 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
2201
22696
22000
2202
22699
22003
2203
22702
22006
2204
22705
22009
2205
22708
22012
2206
22711
22015
2207
22714
22018
2208
22717
22021
2209
22720
22024
2210
22723
22027
2211
22726
22030
2212
22729
22033
2213
22732
22036
2214
22735
22039
2215
22738
22042
2216
22741
22045
2217
22744
22048
2218
22747
22051
2219
22750
22054
2220
22753
22057
2221
22756
22060
2222
22759
22063
2223
22762
22066
2224
22765
22069
2225
22768
22072
2226
22771
22075
2227
22774
22078
2228
22777
22081
2229
22780
22084
2230
22783
22087
2231
22786
22090
2232
22789
22093
2233
22792
22096
2234
22795
22099
2235
22798
22102
2236
22801
22105
2237
22804
22108
2238
22807
22111
2239
22810
22114
2240
22813
22117
2241
22816
22120
2242
22819
22123
2243
22822
22126
2244
22825
22129
2245
22828
22132
2246
22831
22135
2247
22834
22138
2248
22837
22141
2249
22840
22144
2250
22843
22147
22 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
2251
22846
22150
2252
22849
22153
2253
22852
22156
2254
22159
22159
2255
22162
22162
2256
22165
22165
2257
22168
22168
2258
22171
22171
2259
22174
22174
2260
22177
22177
25/26 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO
Ship RX
Ship TX
2501
26145
25070
2502
26148
25073
2503
26151
25076
2504
26154
25079
2505
26157
25082
2506
26160
25085
2507
26163
25088
2508
26166
25091
2509
26169
25094
2510
26172
25097
2511
25100
25100
2512
25103
25103
2513
25106
25106
2514
25109
25109
2515
25112
25112
2516
25115
25115
2517
25118
25118
AP-11
APPENDIX
MF band telex frequency table
201
202
203
204
205
Ship Transmit
(NBDP, DSC)
2142.0
2142.5
2143.0
2143.5
2144.0
Ship Receive
(NBDP, DSC)
1607.0
1607.5
1608.0
1608.5
1609.0
206
207
208
209
210
2144.5
2145.0
2145.5
2146.0
2146.5
1609.5
1610.0
1610.5
1611.0
1611.5
211
212
213
214
215
2147.0
2147.5
2148.0
2148.5
2149.0
1612.0
1612.5
1613.0
1613.5
1614.0
216
217
218
219
220
2149.5
2150.0
2150.5
2151.0
2151.5
1614.5
1615.0
1615.5
1616.0
1616.5
221
222
223
224
225
2152.0
2152.5
2153.0
2153.5
2154.0
1617.0
1617.5
1618.0
1618.5
1619.0
226
227
228
229
230
2154.5
2155.0
2155.5
2156.0
2156.5
1619.5
1620.0
1620.5
1621.0
1621.5
231
232
233
234
235
2157.0
2157.5
2158.0
2158.5
2159.0
1622.0
1622.5
1623.0
1623.5
1624.0
236
2159.5
1624.5
CH NO.
AP-12
NBDP/DSC
DSC
No.
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4 MHz BAND
TX
4172.5
4173.0
4173.5
4174.0
4174.5
4175.0
4175.5
4176.0
4176.5
4177.0
4177.5
4178.0
4178.5
4179.0
4179.5
4180.0
4180.5
4181.0
4181.5
4202.5
4203.0
4203.5
4204.0
4204.5
4205.0
4205.5
4206.0
4206.5
4207.0
4207.5
4208.0
4208.5
4209.0
RX
4210.5
4211.0
4211.5
4212.0
4212.5
4213.0
4213.5
4214.0
4214.5
4215.0
4177.5
4215.5
4216.0
4216.5
4217.0
4217.5
4218.0
4218.5
4219.0
4202.5
4203.0
4203.5
4204.0
4204.5
4205.0
4205.5
4206.0
4206.5
4207.0
4207.5
4219.5
4220.0
4220.5
No.
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6 MHz BAND
TX
6263.0
6263.5
6264.0
6264.5
6265.0
6265.5
6266.0
6266.5
6267.0
6267.5
6268.0
6268.5
6269.0
6269.5
6270.0
6270.5
6271.0
6271.5
6272.0
6272.5
6273.0
6273.5
6274.0
6274.5
6275.0
6275.5
6281.0
6281.5
6282.0
6282.5
6283.0
6283.5
6284.0
6284.5
6300.5
6301.0
6301.5
6302.0
6302.5
6303.0
6303.5
6304.0
6304.5
6305.0
6305.5
6306.0
6306.5
6307.0
6307.5
6308.0
6308.5
6309.0
6309.5
6310.0
6310.5
6311.0
6311.5
6312.0
6312.5
6313.0
6313.5
RX
6314.5
6315.0
6315.5
6316.0
6316.5
6317.0
6317.5
6318.0
6318.5
6319.0
6268.0
6319.5
6320.0
6320.5
6321.0
6321.5
6322.0
6322.5
6323.0
6323.5
6324.0
6324.5
6325.0
6325.5
6326.0
6326.5
6327.0
6327.5
6328.0
6328.5
6329.0
6329.5
6330.0
6330.5
6300.5
6301.0
6301.5
6302.0
6302.5
6303.0
6303.5
6304.0
6304.5
6305.0
6305.5
6306.0
6306.5
6307.0
6307.5
6308.0
6308.5
6309.0
6309.5
6310.0
6310.5
6311.0
6311.5
6312.0
6331.0
6331.5
6332.0
No.
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8 MHz BAND
TX
8376.5
8377.0
8377.5
8378.0
8378.5
8379.0
8379.5
8380.0
8380.5
8381.0
8381.5
8382.0
8382.5
8383.0
8383.5
8384.0
8384.5
8385.0
8385.5
8386.0
8386.5
8387.0
8387.5
8388.0
8388.5
8389.0
8389.5
8390.0
8390.5
8391.0
8391.5
8392.0
8392.5
8393.0
8393.5
8394.0
8394.5
8395.0
8395.5
8396.0
8396.5
8397.0
8397.5
8398.0
8398.5
8399.0
8399.5
8400.0
8400.5
8401.0
8401.5
8402.0
8402.5
8403.0
8403.5
8404.0
8404.5
8405.0
8405.5
8406.0
8406.5
8407.0
8407.5
8408.0
8408.5
RX
8376.5
8417.0
8417.5
8418.0
8418.5
8419.0
8419.5
8420.0
8420.5
8421.0
8421.5
8422.0
8422.5
8423.0
8423.5
8424.0
8424.5
8425.0
8425.5
8426.0
8426.5
8427.0
8427.5
8428.0
8428.5
8429.0
8429.5
8430.0
8430.5
8431.0
8431.5
8432.0
8432.5
8433.0
8433.5
8434.0
8434.5
8435.0
8435.5
8436.0
8396.5
8397.0
8397.5
8398.0
8398.5
8399.0
8399.5
8400.0
8400.5
8401.0
8401.5
8402.0
8402.5
8403.0
8403.5
8404.0
8404.5
8405.0
8405.5
8406.0
8406.5
8407.0
8407.5
8408.0
8408.5
No.
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12477.0
12579.5
12477.5
12580.0
12478.0
12580.5
12478.5
12581.0
12479.0
12581.5
12479.5
12582.0
12480.0
12582.5
12480.5
12583.0
12481.0
12583.5
12481.5
12584.0
12482.0
12584.5
12482.5
12585.0
12483.0
12585.5
12483.5
12586.0
12484.0
12586.5
12484.5
12587.0
12485.0
12587.5
12485.5
12588.0
12486.0
12588.5
12486.5
12589.0
12487.0
12589.5
12487.5
12590.0
12488.0
12590.5
12488.5
12591.0
12489.0
12591.5
12489.5
12592.0
12490.0
12592.5
12490.5
12593.0
12491.0
12593.5
12491.5
12594.0
12492.0
12594.5
12492.5
12595.0
12493.0
12595.5
12493.5
12596.0
12494.0
12596.5
12494.5
12597.0
12495.0
12597.5
12495.5
12598.0
12496.0
12598.5
12496.5
12599.0
12497.0
12599.5
12497.5
12600.0
12498.0
12600.5
12498.5
12601.0
12499.0
12601.5
12499.5
12602.0
12500.0
12602.5
12500.5
12603.0
12501.0
12603.5
12501.5
12604.0
12502.0
12604.5
12502.5
12605.0
12503.0
12605.5
12503.5
12606.0
12504.0
12606.5
12504.5
12607.0
12505.0
12607.5
12505.5
12608.0
12506.0
12608.5
12506.5
12609.0
12507.0
12609.5
12507.5
12610.0
12508.0
12610.5
12508.5
12611.0
12509.0
12611.5
No.
16001
16002
16003
16004
16005
16006
16007
16008
16009
16010
16011
16012
16013
16014
16015
16016
16017
16018
16019
16020
16021
16022
16023
16024
16025
16026
16027
16028
16029
16030
16031
16032
16033
16034
16035
16036
16037
16038
16039
16040
16041
16042
16043
16044
16045
16046
16047
16048
16049
16050
16051
16052
16053
16054
16055
16056
16057
16058
16059
16060
16061
16062
16063
16064
16065
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16683.5
16807.0
16684.0
16807.5
16684.5
16808.0
16685.0
16808.5
16685.5
16809.0
16686.0
16809.5
16686.5
16810.0
16687.0
16810.5
16687.5
16811.0
16688.0
16811.5
16688.5
16812.0
16689.0
16812.5
16689.5
16813.0
16690.0
16813.5
16690.5
16814.0
16691.0
16814.5
16691.5
16815.0
16692.0
16815.5
16692.5
16816.0
16693.0
16816.5
16693.5
16817.0
16694.0
16817.5
16694.5
16818.0
16695.0
16695.0
16695.5
16818.5
16696.0
16919.0
16696.5
16819.5
16697.0
16820.0
16697.5
16820.5
16698.0
16821.0
16698.5
16821.5
16999.0
16822.0
16999.5
16822.5
16700.0
16823.0
16700.5
16823.5
16701.0
16824.0
16701.5
16824.5
16702.0
16825.0
16702.5
16825.5
16703.0
16826.0
16703.5
16826.5
16704.0
16827.0
16704.5
16827.5
16705.0
16828.0
16705.5
16828.5
16706.0
16829.0
16706.5
16829.5
16707.0
16830.0
16707.5
16830.5
16708.0
16831.0
16708.5
16831.5
16709.0
16832.0
16709.5
16832.5
16710.0
16833.0
16710.5
16833.5
16711.0
16834.0
16711.5
16834.5
16712.0
16835.0
16712.5
16835.5
16713.0
16836.0
16713.5
16836.5
16714.0
16837.0
16714.5
16837.5
16715.0
16838.0
16715.5
16838.5
18/19 MHz BAND
No.
TX
RX
18001
18870.5
19681.0
18002
18871.0
19681.5
18003
18871.5
19682.0
18004
18872.0
19682.5
18005
18872.5
19683.0
18006
18873.0
19683.5
18007
18873.5
19684.0
18008
18874.0
19684.5
18009
18874.5
19685.0
18010
18875.0
19685.5
18011
18875.5
19686.0
18012
18876.0
19686.5
18013
18876.5
19687.0
18014
18877.0
19687.5
18015
18877.5
19688.0
18016
18878.0
19688.5
18017
18878.5
19689.0
18018
18879.0
19689.5
18019
18879.5
19690.0
18020
18880.0
19690.5
18021
18880.5
19691.0
18022
18881.0
19691.5
18023
18881.5
19692.0
18024
18882.0
19692.5
18025
18882.5
19693.0
18026
18883.0
19693.5
18027
18883.5
19694.0
18028
18884.0
19694.5
18029
18884.5
19695.0
18030
18885.0
19695.5
18031
18885.5
19696.0
18032
18886.0
19696.5
18033
18886.5
19697.0
18034
18887.0
19697.5
18035
18887.5
19698.0
18036
18888.0
19698.5
18037
18888.5
19699.0
18038
18889.0
19699.5
18039
18889.5
19700.0
18040
18890.0
19700.5
18041
18890.5
19701.0
18042
18891.0
19701.5
18043
18891.5
19702.0
18044
18892.0
19702.5
18045
18892.5
19703.0
18046
18893.0
18893.0
18047
18893.5
18893.5
18048
18894.0
18894.0
18049
18894.5
18894.5
18050
18895.0
18895.0
18051
18895.5
18895.5
18052
18896.0
18896.0
18053
18896.5
18896.5
18054
18897.0
18897.0
18055
18897.5
18897.5
18056
18898.0
18898.0
18057
18898.5
19703.5
18058
18899.0
19704.0
18059
18899.5
19704.5
ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (1/4)
No.
22001
22002
22003
22004
22005
22006
22007
22008
22009
22010
22011
22012
22013
22014
22015
22016
22017
22018
22019
22020
22021
22022
22023
22024
22025
22026
22027
22028
22029
22030
22031
22032
22033
22034
22035
22036
22037
22038
22039
22040
22041
22042
22043
22044
22045
22046
22047
22048
22049
22050
22051
22052
22053
22054
22055
22056
22057
22058
22059
22060
22061
22062
22063
22064
22065
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22284.5
22376.5
22285.0
22377.0
22285.5
22377.5
22286.0
22378.0
22286.5
22378.5
22287.0
22379.0
22287.5
22379.5
22288.0
22380.0
22288.5
22380.5
22289.0
22381.0
22289.5
22381.5
22290.0
22382.0
22290.5
22382.5
22291.0
22383.0
22291.5
22383.5
22292.0
22384.0
22292.5
22384.5
22293.0
22385.0
22293.5
22385.5
22294.0
22386.0
22294.5
22386.5
22295.0
22387.0
22295.5
22387.5
22296.0
22388.0
22296.5
22388.5
22297.0
22389.0
22297.5
22389.5
22298.0
22390.0
22298.5
22390.5
22299.0
22391.0
22299.5
22391.5
22300.0
22392.0
22300.5
22392.5
22301.0
22393.0
22301.5
22393.5
22302.0
22394.0
22302.5
22394.5
22303.0
22395.0
22303.5
22395.5
22304.0
22396.0
22304.5
22396.5
22305.0
22397.0
22305.5
22397.5
22306.0
22398.0
22306.5
22398.5
22307.0
22399.0
22307.5
22399.5
22308.0
22400.0
22308.5
22400.5
22309.0
22401.0
22309.5
22401.5
22310.0
22402.0
22310.5
22402.5
22311.0
22403.0
22311.5
22403.5
22312.0
22404.0
22312.5
22404.5
22313.0
22405.0
22313.5
22405.5
22314.0
22406.0
22314.5
22406.5
22315.0
22407.0
22315.5
22407.5
22316.0
22408.0
22316.5
22408.5
25/26 MHz BAND
No.
TX
RX
25001
25173.0
26101.0
25002
25173.5
26101.5
25003
25174.0
26102.0
25004
25174.5
26102.5
25005
25175.0
26103.0
25006
25175.5
26103.5
25007
25176.0
26104.0
25008
25176.5
26104.5
25009
25177.0
26105.0
25010
25177.5
26105.5
25011
25178.0
26106.0
25012
25178.5
26106.5
25013
25179.0
26107.0
25014
25179.5
26107.5
25015
25180.0
26108.0
25016
25180.5
26108.5
25017
25181.0
26109.0
25018
25181.5
26109.5
25019
25182.0
26110.0
25020
25182.5
26110.5
25021
25183.0
26111.0
25022
25183.5
26111.5
25023
25184.0
26112.0
25024
25184.5
26112.5
25025
25185.0
26113.0
25026
25185.5
26113.5
25027
28186.0
26114.0
25028
25186.5
26114.5
25029
25187.0
26115.0
25030
25187.5
26115.5
25031
25188.0
26116.0
25032
25188.5
26116.5
25033
25189.0
26117.0
25034
25189.5
26117.5
25035
25190.0
26118.0
25036
25190.5
26118.5
25037
25191.0
26119.0
25038
25191.5
26119.5
25039
25192.0
26120.0
25040
25192.5
26120.5
25041
25193.0
25193.0
25042
25193.5
25193.5
25043
25194.0
25194.0
25044
25194.5
25194.5
25045
25195.0
25195.0
25046
25195.5
25195.5
25047
25196.0
25196.0
25048
25196.5
25196.5
25049
25197.0
25197.0
25050
25197.5
25197.5
25051
25198.0
25198.0
25052
25198.5
25198.5
25053
25199.0
25199.0
25054
25199.5
25199.5
25055
25200.0
25200.0
25056
25200.5
25200.5
25057
25201.0
25201.0
25058
25201.5
25201.5
25059
25202.0
25202.0
25060
25202.5
25202.5
25061
25203.0
25203.0
25062
25203.5
25203.5
25063
25204.0
25204.0
25064
25204.5
25204.5
25065
25205.0
25205.0
APPENDIX
ITU Telex frequency table (1/4)
AP-13
No.
4 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8 MHz BAND
TX
8409.0
8409.5
8410.0
8410.5
8411.0
8411.5
8412.0
8412.5
8413.0
8413.5
8414.0
8414.5
8415.0
8415.5
8416.0
RX
8409.0
8409.5
8410.0
8410.5
8411.0
8411.5
8412.0
8412.5
8413.0
8413.5
8414.0
8414.5
8436.5
8437.0
8437.5
No.
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12509.5
12612.0
12510.0
12612.5
12510.5
12613.0
12511.0
12613.5
12511.5
12614.0
12512.0
12614.5
12512.5
12615.0
12513.0
12615.5
12513.5
12616.0
12514.0
12616.5
12514.5
12617.0
12515.0
12617.5
12515.5
12618.0
12516.0
12618.5
12516.5
12619.0
12517.0
12619.5
12517.5
12620.0
12518.0
12620.5
12518.5
12621.0
12519.0
12621.5
12519.5
12622.0
12520.0
12520.0
12520.5
12622.5
12521.0
12623.0
12521.5
12623.5
12522.0
12624.0
12522.5
12624.5
12523.0
12625.0
12523.5
12625.5
12524.0
12626.0
12524.5
12626.5
12525.0
12627.0
12525.5
12627.5
12526.0
12628.0
12526.5
12628.5
12527.0
12629.0
12527.5
12629.5
12528.0
12630.0
12528.5
12630.5
12529.0
12631.0
12529.5
12631.5
12530.0
12632.0
12530.5
12632.5
12531.0
12633.0
12531.5
12633.5
12532.0
12634.0
12532.5
12634.5
12533.0
12635.0
12533.5
12635.5
12534.0
12636.0
12534.5
12636.5
12535.0
12637.0
12535.5
12637.5
12536.0
12638.0
12536.5
12638.5
12537.0
12639.0
12537.5
12639.5
12538.0
12640.0
12538.5
12640.5
12539.0
12641.0
12539.5
12641.5
12540.0
12642.0
12540.5
12642.5
12541.0
12643.0
12541.5
12643.5
No.
16066
16067
16068
16069
16070
16071
16072
16073
16074
16075
16076
16077
16078
16079
16080
16081
16082
16083
16084
16085
16086
16087
16088
16089
16090
16091
16092
16093
16094
16095
16096
16097
16098
16099
16100
16101
16102
16103
16104
16105
16106
16107
16108
16109
16110
16111
16112
16113
16114
16115
16116
16117
16118
16119
16120
16121
16122
16123
16124
16125
16126
16127
16128
16129
16130
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16716.0
16839.0
16716.5
16839.5
16717.0
16840.0
16717.5
16840.5
16718.0
16841.0
16718.5
16841.5
16719.0
16842.0
16719.5
16842.5
16720.0
16843.0
16720.5
16843.5
16721.0
16844.0
16721.5
16844.5
16722.0
16845.0
16722.5
16845.5
16723.0
16846.0
16723.5
16846.5
16724.0
16847.0
16724.5
16847.5
16725.0
16848.0
16725.5
16848.5
16726.0
16849.0
16726.5
16849.5
16727.0
16850.0
16727.5
16850.5
16728.0
16851.0
16728.5
16851.5
16729.0
16852.0
16729.5
16852.5
16730.0
16853.0
16730.5
16853.5
16731.0
16854.0
16731.5
16854.5
16732.0
16855.0
16732.5
16855.5
16733.0
16856.0
16733.5
16856.5
16739.0
16857.0
16739.5
16857.5
16740.0
16858.0
16740.5
16858.5
16741.0
16859.0
16741.5
16859.5
16742.0
16860.0
16742.5
16860.5
16743.0
16861.0
16743.5
16861.5
16744.0
16862.0
16744.5
16862.5
16745.0
16863.0
16745.5
16863.5
16746.0
16864.0
16746.5
16864.5
16747.0
16865.0
16747.5
16865.5
16748.0
16866.0
16748.5
16866.5
16749.0
16867.0
16749.5
16867.5
16750.0
16868.0
16750.5
16868.5
16751.0
16869.0
16751.5
16869.5
16752.0
16870.0
16752.5
16870.5
16753.0
16871.0
No.
ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (2/4)
18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22066
22067
22068
22069
22070
22071
22072
22073
22074
22075
22076
22077
22078
22079
22080
22081
22082
22083
22084
22085
22086
22087
22088
22089
22090
22091
22092
22093
22094
22095
22096
22097
22098
22099
22100
22101
22102
22103
22104
22105
22106
22107
22108
22109
22110
22111
22112
22113
22114
22115
22116
22117
22118
22119
22120
22121
22122
22123
22124
22125
22126
22127
22128
22129
22130
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22317.0
22409.0
22317.5
22490.5
22318.0
22410.0
22318.5
22410.5
22319.0
22411.0
22319.5
22411.5
22320.0
22412.0
22320.5
22412.5
22321.0
22413.0
22321.5
22413.5
22322.0
22414.0
22322.5
22414.5
22323.0
22415.0
22323.5
22415.5
22324.0
22416.0
22324.5
22416.5
22325.0
22417.0
22325.5
22417.5
22326.0
22418.0
22326.5
22418.5
22327.0
22419.0
22327.5
22419.5
22328.0
22420.0
22328.5
22420.5
22329.0
22421.0
22329.5
22421.5
22330.0
22422.0
22330.5
22422.5
22331.0
22423.0
22331.5
22423.5
22332.0
22424.0
22332.5
22424.5
22333.0
22425.0
22333.5
22425.5
22334.0
22426.0
22334.5
22426.5
22335.0
22427.0
22335.5
22427.5
22336.0
22428.0
22336.5
22428.5
22337.0
22429.0
22337.5
22429.5
22338.0
22430.0
22338.5
22430.5
22339.0
22431.0
22339.5
22431.5
22340.0
22432.0
22340.5
22432.5
22341.0
22433.0
22341.5
22433.5
22342.0
22434.0
22342.5
22434.5
22343.0
22435.0
22343.5
22435.5
22344.0
22436.0
22344.5
22436.5
22345.0
22437.0
22345.5
22437.5
22346.0
22438.0
22346.5
22438.5
22347.0
22439.0
22347.5
22439.5
22348.0
22440.0
22348.5
22440.5
22349.0
22441.0
25/26 MHz BAND
No.
TX
RX
25066
25205.5
25205.5
25067
25206.0
25206.0
25068
25206.5
25206.5
25069
25207.0
25207.0
25070
25207.5
25207.5
25071
25208.0
25208.0
25072
25208.5
26121.0
25073
25209.0
26121.5
25074
25209.5
26122.0
APPENDIX
ITU Telex frequency table (2/4)
AP-14
No.
4 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
8 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12542.0
12644.0
12542.5
12644.5
12543.0
12645.0
12543.5
12645.5
12544.0
12646.0
12544.5
12646.5
12545.0
12647.0
12545.5
12647.5
12546.0
12648.0
12546.5
12648.5
12547.0
12649.0
12547.5
12649.5
12548.0
12650.0
12548.5
12650.5
12549.0
12651.0
12549.5
12651.5
12555.0
12652.0
12555.5
12652.5
12556.0
12653.0
12556.5
12653.5
12557.0
12654.0
12557.5
12654.5
12558.0
12655.0
12558.5
12655.5
12559.0
12656.0
12559.5
12656.5
12560.0
12560.0
12560.5
12560.5
12561.0
12561.0
12561.5
12561.5
12562.0
12562.0
12562.5
12562.5
12563.0
12563.0
12563.5
12563.5
12564.0
12564.0
12564.5
12564.5
12565.0
12565.0
12565.5
12565.5
12566.0
12566.0
12566.5
12566.5
12567.0
12567.0
12567.5
12567.5
12568.0
12568.0
12568.5
12568.5
12569.0
12569.0
12569.5
12569.5
12570.0
12570.0
12570.5
12570.5
12571.0
12571.0
12571.5
12571.5
12572.0
12572.0
12572.5
12572.5
12573.0
12573.0
12573.5
12573.5
12574.0
12574.0
12574.5
12574.5
12575.0
12575.0
12575.5
12575.5
12576.0
12576.0
12576.5
12576.5
12577.0
12577.0
12577.5
12657.0
12578.0
12657.5
12578.5
12658.0
No.
16131
16132
16133
16134
16135
16136
16137
16138
16139
16140
16141
16142
16143
16144
16145
16146
16147
16148
16149
16150
16151
16152
16153
16154
16155
16156
16157
16158
16159
16160
16161
16162
16163
16164
16165
16166
16167
16168
16169
16170
16171
16172
16173
16174
16175
16176
16177
16178
16179
16180
16181
16182
16183
16184
16185
16186
16187
16188
16189
16190
16191
16192
16193
16194
16195
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16753.5
16871.5
16754.0
16872.0
16754.5
16872.5
16755.0
16873.0
16755.5
16873.5
16756.0
16874.0
16756.5
16874.5
16757.0
16875.0
16757.5
16875.5
16758.0
16876.0
16758.5
16876.5
16759.0
16877.0
16759.5
16877.5
16760.0
16878.0
16760.5
16878.5
16761.0
16879.0
16761.5
16879.5
16762.0
16880.0
16762.5
16880.5
16763.0
16881.0
16763.5
16881.5
16764.0
16882.0
16764.5
16882.5
16765.0
16883.0
16765.5
16883.5
16766.0
16884.0
16766.5
16884.5
16767.0
16885.0
16767.5
16885.5
16768.0
16886.0
16768.5
16886.5
16769.0
16887.0
16769.5
16887.5
16770.0
16888.0
16770.5
16888.5
16771.0
16889.0
16771.5
16889.5
16772.0
16890.0
16772.5
16890.5
16773.0
16891.0
16773.5
16891.5
16774.0
16892.0
16774.5
16892.5
16775.0
16893.0
16775.5
16893.5
16776.0
16894.0
16776.5
16894.5
16777.0
16895.0
16777.5
16895.5
16778.0
16896.0
16778.5
16896.5
16779.0
16897.0
16779.5
16897.5
16780.0
16898.0
16780.5
16898.5
16781.0
16899.0
16781.5
16899.5
16782.0
16900.0
16782.5
16900.5
16783.0
16901.0
16783.5
16901.5
16784.0
16902.0
16784.5
16902.5
16785.0
16785.0
16785.5
16785.5
No.
ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (3/4)
18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22131
22132
22133
22134
22135
22136
22137
22138
22139
22140
22141
22142
22143
22144
22145
22146
22147
22148
22149
22150
22151
22152
22153
22154
22155
22156
22157
22158
22159
22160
22161
22162
22163
22164
22165
22166
22167
22168
22169
22170
22171
22172
22173
22174
22175
22176
22177
22178
22179
22180
22181
22182
22183
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22349.5
22441.5
22350.0
22442.0
22350.5
22442.5
22351.0
22443.0
22351.5
22443.5
22352.0
22352.0
22352.5
22352.5
22353.0
22353.0
22353.5
22353.5
22354.0
22354.0
22354.5
22354.5
22355.0
22355.0
22355.5
22355.5
22356.0
22356.0
22356.5
22356.5
22357.0
22357.0
22357.5
22357.5
22358.0
22358.0
22358.5
22358.5
22359.0
22359.0
22359.5
22359.5
22360.0
22360.0
22360.5
22360.5
22361.0
22361.0
22361.5
22361.5
22362.0
22362.0
22362.5
22362.5
22363.0
22363.0
22363.5
22363.5
22364.0
22364.0
22364.5
22364.5
22365.0
22365.0
22365.5
22365.5
22366.0
22366.0
22366.5
22366.5
22367.0
22367.0
22367.5
22367.5
22368.0
22368.0
22368.5
22368.5
22369.0
22369.0
22369.5
22369.5
22370.0
22370.0
22370.5
22370.5
22371.0
22371.0
22371.5
22371.5
22372.0
22372.0
22372.5
22372.5
22373.0
22373.0
22373.5
22373.5
22374.0
22374.0
22374.5
22444.0
22375.0
22444.5
22375.5
22445.0
No.
25/26 MHz BAND
TX
RX
APPENDIX
ITU Telex frequency table (3/4)
AP-15
No.
4 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
6 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
8 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
16196
16197
16198
16199
16200
16201
16202
16203
16204
16205
16206
16207
16208
16209
16210
16211
16212
16213
16214
16215
16216
16217
16218
16219
16220
16221
16222
16223
16224
16225
16226
16227
16228
16229
16230
16231
16232
16233
16234
16235
16236
16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16786.0
16786.0
16786.5
16786.5
16787.0
16787.0
16787.5
16787.5
16788.0
16788.0
16788.5
16788.5
16789.0
16789.0
16789.5
16789.5
16790.0
16790.0
16790.5
16790.5
16791.0
16791.0
16791.5
16791.5
16792.0
16792.0
16792.5
16792.5
16793.0
16793.0
16793.5
16793.5
16794.0
16794.0
16794.5
16794.5
16795.0
16795.0
16795.5
16795.5
16796.0
16796.0
16796.5
16796.5
16797.0
16797.0
16797.5
16797.5
16798.0
16798.0
16798.5
16798.5
16799.0
16799.0
16799.5
16799.5
16800.0
16800.0
16800.5
16800.5
16801.0
16801.0
16801.5
16801.5
16802.0
16802.0
16802.5
16802.5
16803.0
16803.0
16803.5
16803.5
16804.0
16804.0
16804.5
16804.5
16805.0
16903.0
16805.5
16903.5
16806.0
16904.0
No.
ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (4/4)
18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
25/26 MHz BAND
TX
RX
APPENDIX
ITU Telex frequency table (4/4)
AP-16
APPENDIX
Telex Abbreviations
Abbreviation
ADV
ACK
AGN
BI (GS)
BK
CFM
COL
CRV
DER
DWN
EEE
FM
GA
MNS
MOM
MUTI
NA
NC
NCH
NP
NR
OCC
OK
P (or 0)
PLS (PSE)
PPR
R (RCD)
RAP
RD
RE
RPT
SRY
SVP
TAX
TEST MSG
THRU
TKS (TNX)
TLX
Meaning
Advise
Acknowledge
Again
Good bye
I cut off.
Confirm
Collation
How do you receive?
Out of order
Down
Error
From
Go ahead.
Minutes
Wait (Waiting)
Mutilated
Correspondence to this subscriber is not admitted.
No circuits
Subscriber's number has been changed.
The called party is not or no longer is a subscriber.
Indicate your call number.
Subscriber is engaged.
Agreed.
Stop your transmission.
Please
Paper
Received
I will call you again.
Read
Referrring to
Repeat
Sorry
Please
What is the charge?
Please send a test message?
You are in communication with telex position
Thanks
Telex
AP-17
APPENDIX
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1)
1. I/O Sentences
Input sentences (IEC 61162-1)
RMA, RMC, GLL, GGA, ZDA
Input sentence description
GGA - Global positioning system(GPS) fix data
$--GGA,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x,xx,x.x,x.x,M,x.x,M,x.x,xxxx*hh<CR><LF>
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| |
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| +-- 11
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | | +---- 10
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | +--------- 9
|
| |
|
| | | | | | +---+------------ 8
|
| |
|
| | | | +---+------------------ 7
|
| |
|
| | | +------------------------- 6
|
| |
|
| | +---------------------------- 5
|
| |
|
| +------------------------------- 4
|
| |
+----+--------------------------------- 3
|
+---+--------------------------------------------- 2
+------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. UTC of position
2. Latitude, N/S
3. Longitude, E/W
4. GPS quality indicator
5. Number of satllite in use,00-12, may be different from the number in view
6. Horizontal dilution of precision
7. Antenna altitude above/below mean sealevel, m
8. Geoidal separation, m
9. Age of differential GPS data
10. Differential reference station ID, 0000-1023
11. Checksum
AP-18
APPENDIX
GLL - Geographic position - latitude/longitude
$--GLL,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,hhmmss.ss,A,a*hh<CR><LF>
| |
|
|
|
| | |
| |
|
|
|
| | +------- 6
| |
|
|
|
| +--------- 5
| |
|
|
|
+----------- 4
| |
|
|
+---------------- 3
| |
+------+----------------------- 2
+---+----------------------------------- 1
1. Latitude, N/S
2. Longitude, E/W
3. UTC of position
4. Status: A=data valid, V=data invalid
5. Mode indicator(see note)
6. Checksum
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be
set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and
D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not
be null fields.
ZDA - Time and date
$--ZDA,hhmmss.ss,xx,xx,xxxx,xx,xx*hh<CR><LF>
|
| |
| | | |
|
| |
| | | +--------- 7
|
| |
| | +----------- 6
|
| |
| +-------------- 5
|
| | +------------------ 4
|
| +---------------------- 3
|
+------------------------- 2
+--------------------------------- 1
1. UTC
2. Day, 01 to 31(UTC)
3. Month, 01 to 12(UTC)
4. Year(UTC)
5. Local zone hours, 00h to +-13h
6. Local zone minutes, 00 to +59
as local hours
7. Checksum
AP-19
APPENDIX
RMA - Recommended minimum specific LORAN-C data
$--RMA,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yy,a,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF>
| | |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| | |
|
| | | | | | | | +------- 10
| | |
|
| | | | | | | +--------- 9
| | |
|
| | | | | +---+----------- 8
| | |
|
| | | | +------------------ 7
| | |
|
| | | +---------------------- 6
| | |
|
| | +-------------------------- 5
| | |
|
| +------------------------------ 4
| | |
+----+--------------------------------- 3
| +---+-------------------------------------------- 2
+------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. Status: A=data valid, V=blink, cycle or SNR warning
2. Latitude, degrees N/S
3. Longitude, degrees E/W
4. Time difference A, microseconds
5. Time difference B, microseconds
6. Speed over ground, knots
7. Course over ground, degrees true
8. Magnetic variation(see note 1),degree E/W
9. Mode indicator(see note 2)
10. Checksum
NOTE 1 - Easterly variation(E) subtracts from true course
Westerly variation(W) adds to true course
NOTE 2 Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator
and Status field shall not be null fields.
AP-20
APPENDIX
RMC - Recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data
$--RMC,hhmmss.ss,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x.x,x.x,xxxxxx,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF>
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | | |
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | | +--- 10
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | +----- 9
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
+--+------- 8
|
| | |
|
| | |
+--------------- 7
|
| | |
|
| | +--------------------- 6
|
| | |
|
| +------------------------- 5
|
| | |
+---+---------------------------- 4
|
| +---+---------------------------------------- 3
|
+--------------------------------------------------- 2
+---------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. UTC of position fix
2. Status: A=data valid, V=navigation receiver warning
3. Latitude, N/S
4. Longitude, E/W
5. Speed over ground, knots
6. Course over ground, degrees true
7. Date: dd/mm/yy
8. Magnetic variation, degrees E/W
9. Mode indicator(see note)
10. Checksum
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator
and Status field shall not be null fields.
AP-21
APPENDIX
2. Schematic diagram
T-IF BOARD
MOTHER BOARD
T-CPU BOARD
05P0742(FS-1570)
05P0743(FS-2570)
05P0731
05P0732
OPEN: IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183)
S2 SHORT: CIF
IEC 61162-1
TB6 R58
10
RD3_A 24
R59 10
RD3_B 25
J3
P201
< 41 < ..
.
< 42 <
P301
.. > 41
.
> 42
J1
>
>
R60
330
R59
CR11
100
1SS355
C29 C28
100P 100P
Load requirements as a listener
Isolation:
Optocoupler
Input impedance: 450Ω
Max. voltage:
±15 V
Threshold:
4 mA
AP-22
1
3
U18
PC-400
4
5
APPENDIX
Parts List
This equipment contains complex modules in which fault diagnosis and repair down to
component level are not practical (IMO A.694(17)/8.3.1). Only some discrete components
are used. FURUNO Electric Co., Ltd. Believes identifying these components is of no value
for shipboard maintenance; therefore, they are not listed in this manual. Major modules
can be located on the parts location photos on pages AP-26 thru AP-28.
Control unit FS-1570/2570
FURUNO
Model
Unit
FS-1570/2570
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE
B2
B3
B4
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
05P0728, PANEL
05P0729, C-CPU
05P0730, C-IF
CODE No.
005-951-870
005-951-880
005-951-890
REMARKS
SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY
X
X
X
AP-23
APPENDIX
Transceiver unit FS-1570T
FURUNO
Model
Unit
FS-1570T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B13, 14
B17
AP-24
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
05P0731, T-IF
05P0732, T-CPU
05P0733, TX-RX
05P0734, W/R
05P0735, PA
05P0736, TX-FIL
05P0737, SW-REG
05P0742, M-B
05P0746, PRESEL
05P0747, REF OSC
05P0751, DSP
05P0744, RELAY
CODE No.
005-952-000
005-952-010
005-952-030
005-952-060
005-952-140
005-952-100
005-952-110
005-951-980
005-952-040
005-952-050
005-952-020
005-952-070
REMARKS
SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
APPENDIX
Transceiver unit FS-2570T
FURUNO
Model
Unit
FS-2570T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE
B2
B3
B4
B5, B18
B6, B17
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13, 14
B15
B16
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
05P0731, T-IF
05P0732, T-CPU
05P0733, TX-RX
05P0734, W/R
05P0739, PA
05P0736, TX-FIL
05P0737, SW-REG
05P0743, M-B
05P0746, PRESEL
05P0747, REF OSC
05P0744, RELAY
05P0751, DSP
05P0738, DRV
05P0740, COMB
CODE No.
005-952-000
005-952-010
005-952-030
005-952-060
005-952-130
005-952-100
005-952-110
005-951-990
005-952-040
005-952-050
005-952-070
005-952-020
005-952-212
005-952-150
REMARKS
SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AP-25
APPENDIX
Parts Location
Transceiver unit FS-2570T
05P0734
05P0739
W/R Board (option)
PA Board
05P0734
05P0737
05P0744
W/R Board
SW-REG Board
RELAY Board
05P0738
DRV Board
05P0739
PA Board
05P0747
REF OSC Board
05P0743
M-B Board
(underneath)
05P0746
05P0731
05P0736
05P0751
PRESEL Board
T-I/F Board
TX FIL Board
DSP Board
05P0732
(for NBDP) 05P0751
05P0740
T-CPU Board
DSP
Board
05P0733
COMB Board
(for DSC)
TX/RX Board
AP-26
APPENDIX
Transceiver unit FS-1570T
05P0733
TX/RX Board
05P0744
RELAY Board
05P0737
SW-REG Board
05P0746
PRESEL Board
05P0734
W/R Board
05P0747
REF OSC
Board
05P0742
M-B Board
(underneath)
05P0736
TX FIL Board
05P0735
PA Board
05P0731
05P0751
T-I/F Board
DSP Board
(for NBDP) 05P0751
DSP Board
05P0732
T-CPU Board
AP-27
APPENDIX
Control unit FS-2570C
05P0728
PANEL Board
05P0729
CPU Board
05P0730
C-I/F Board
AP-28
INDEX
1
DSC frequency table................................ AP-4
1/ RT/2182 key ............................................1-3
2
E
Error messages......................................... 12-5
2/DSC key....................................................1-1
4
F
4/Intcom key ................................................2-8
FILE/CURSOR key ..................................... 6-9
Frequency selection .................................... 2-3
5
G
5/ ACK/SQ key.............................................1-5
Geographical area call
receiving................................................ 5-22
sending.................................................. 5-19
Group call
receiving................................................ 5-18
sending.................................................. 5-15
6
6/SCAN key ......................................... 1-3, 1-4
7
7/
key .......................................................1-4
8
I
8/PRINT key ................................................7-3
IA .........................................................2-4, 2-5
IC ................................................................ 2-5
Individual call
automatic acknowledge ........................ 5-10
manual acknowledge ............................ 5-12
sending.................................................... 5-4
Intercom ...................................................... 2-8
9
9/
key......................................................1-2
A
Alarm menu .................................................7-1
All ships call
receiving ..................................................5-3
sending ....................................................5-1
Antenna current ...........................................2-4
Auto ack menu.............................................7-2
C
Channel selection ........................................2-2
Contrast .......................................................1-2
Control description.......................................1-1
D
Daily test ....................................................12-1
Dimmer ........................................................1-2
Distress alert
receiving on either VHF channel 70 or MF
channel 2187.5 ....................................4-7
receiving on HF band ..............................4-9
sending ....................................................4-1
Distress relay
on behalf of other ship, to all ships........4-16
on behalf of other ship, to coast station 4-13
receiving ................................................4-19
to coast station on HF band ....................4-9
L
Log file
description............................................. 5-45
opening ................................................. 5-45
LOG/TUNE key ......................................... 5-45
M
Medical transport call
receiving................................................ 5-27
sending.................................................. 5-26
Menu tree ................................................. AP-1
N
NBDP Terminal Unit
answerback code registration ................. 9-1
ARQ mode ............................................ 11-3
communications buffer........................ 11-10
edit menu [F2] ......................................... 8-6
FEC mode ............................................. 11-5
file creating............................................ 10-1
file deleting ............................................ 10-9
file editing .............................................. 10-5
IN-1
INDEX
file menu [F1]...........................................8-6
file opening ............................................10-8
file renaming ..........................................10-9
file saving...............................................10-3
file saving under new name...................10-9
general test..........................................12-10
ID code registration .................................9-2
macrofiles ............................................ 11-10
manual calling........................................ 11-1
menu overview ........................................8-4
operate menu [F3] ...................................8-8
printing ...................................................10-9
receive mode ......................................... 11-5
scan channel group editing, deleting.......9-8
scan channel group registration ..............9-7
scanning ................................................ 11-9
station editing, deleting............................9-4
station menu [F5]...................................8-10
station registration ...................................9-3
system menu [F6] .................................. 8-11
terminal unit .............................................8-1
timer operation....................................... 11-8
timer program editing, deleting................9-6
timer program registration .......................9-5
tone test ............................................... 12-11
user channel editing, deleting .................9-7
user channel registration .........................9-6
window menu [F4] ...................................8-9
Neutral craft call
receiving ................................................5-25
sending ..................................................5-23
P
Polling call
receiving ................................................5-31
sending ..................................................5-28
Position call
other ship requests your position ..........5-36
requesting other ship’s position.............5-34
IN-2
Position entry (manual)............................... 1-5
POWER switch ........................................... 1-2
Print out menu............................................. 7-3
PSTN call
charge information ................................ 5-43
receiving................................................ 5-42
sending.................................................. 5-38
R
RF................................................................ 2-5
S
Scan freq menu........................................... 7-4
Scan frequency setup ................................. 7-5
Scanning ..................................................... 1-4
Send message files
geographical area call............................. 6-6
group call................................................. 6-4
individual call........................................... 6-1
printing .................................................. 6-10
PSTN call ................................................ 6-7
sending.................................................... 6-9
test call .................................................... 6-8
T
Test call ..................................................... 12-7
Time entry (manual).................................... 1-5
Transmitter power ....................................... 2-5
Troubleshooting ........................................ 12-5
Tuning ......................................................... 2-3
U
USER CH menu........................................ 2-10
User channels
deleting.................................................. 2-12
registering ............................................. 2-10
V
VC ............................................................... 2-5
Volume menu .............................................. 7-6
Download PDF

advertising